// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
/**
 * @dev Interface of ERC721A.
 */
interface IERC721A {
    /**
     * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    error ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * Cannot query the balance for the zero address.
     */
    error BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
    /**
     * Cannot mint to the zero address.
     */
    error MintToZeroAddress();
    /**
     * The quantity of tokens minted must be more than zero.
     */
    error MintZeroQuantity();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    error TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
    /**
     * The token must be owned by `from`.
     */
    error TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
    /**
     * Cannot safely transfer to a contract that does not implement the
     * ERC721Receiver interface.
     */
    error TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
    /**
     * Cannot transfer to the zero address.
     */
    error TransferToZeroAddress();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * The `quantity` minted with ERC2309 exceeds the safety limit.
     */
    error MintERC2309QuantityExceedsLimit();
    /**
     * The `extraData` cannot be set on an unintialized ownership slot.
     */
    error OwnershipNotInitializedForExtraData();
    // =============================================================
    //                            STRUCTS
    // =============================================================
    struct TokenOwnership {
        // The address of the owner.
        address addr;
        // Stores the start time of ownership with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
        uint64 startTimestamp;
        // Whether the token has been burned.
        bool burned;
        // Arbitrary data similar to `startTimestamp` that can be set via {_extraData}.
        uint24 extraData;
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                         TOKEN COUNTERS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total number of tokens in existence.
     * Burned tokens will reduce the count.
     * To get the total number of tokens minted, please see {_totalMinted}.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
    // =============================================================
    //                            IERC165
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * [EIP section](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified)
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
    // =============================================================
    //                            IERC721
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables
     * (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in `owner`'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`,
     * checking first that contract recipients are aware of the ERC721 protocol
     * to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been allowed to move
     * this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     * {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external payable;
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '')`.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external payable;
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {safeTransferFrom}
     * whenever possible.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token
     * by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external payable;
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the
     * zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external payable;
    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom}
     * for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);
    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
    // =============================================================
    //                        IERC721Metadata
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
     */
    function name() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
     */
    function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory);
    // =============================================================
    //                           IERC2309
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when tokens in `fromTokenId` to `toTokenId`
     * (inclusive) is transferred from `from` to `to`, as defined in the
     * [ERC2309](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2309) standard.
     *
     * See {_mintERC2309} for more details.
     */
    event ConsecutiveTransfer(uint256 indexed fromTokenId, uint256 toTokenId, address indexed from, address indexed to);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import '../IERC721A.sol';
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.15;
interface ICre8orsCollective {
    function burn(uint256 tokenId) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.15;
import {IMetadataRenderer} from "../interfaces/IMetadataRenderer.sol";
/**
 ██████╗██████╗ ███████╗ █████╗  ██████╗ ██████╗ ███████╗
██╔════╝██╔══██╗██╔════╝██╔══██╗██╔═══██╗██╔══██╗██╔════╝
██║     ██████╔╝█████╗  ╚█████╔╝██║   ██║██████╔╝███████╗
██║     ██╔══██╗██╔══╝  ██╔══██╗██║   ██║██╔══██╗╚════██║
╚██████╗██║  ██║███████╗╚█████╔╝╚██████╔╝██║  ██║███████║
 ╚═════╝╚═╝  ╚═╝╚══════╝ ╚════╝  ╚═════╝ ╚═╝  ╚═╝╚══════╝                                                       
*/
/// @notice Interface for ZORA Drops contract
interface IERC721Drop {
    // Access errors
    /// @notice Only admin can access this function
    error Access_OnlyAdmin();
    /// @notice Missing the given role or admin access
    error Access_MissingRoleOrAdmin(bytes32 role);
    /// @notice Withdraw is not allowed by this user
    error Access_WithdrawNotAllowed();
    /// @notice Cannot withdraw funds due to ETH send failure.
    error Withdraw_FundsSendFailure();
    /// @notice Missing the owner role.
    error Access_OnlyOwner();
    /// @notice Missing the owner role or approved nft access.
    error Access_MissingOwnerOrApproved();
    // CRE8ING errors
    /// @notice Cre8ing Closed
    error Cre8ing_Cre8ingClosed();
    /// @notice Cre8ing
    error Cre8ing_Cre8ing();
    // Sale/Purchase errors
    /// @notice Sale is inactive
    error Sale_Inactive();
    /// @notice Presale is inactive
    error Presale_Inactive();
    /// @notice Presale merkle root is invalid
    error Presale_MerkleNotApproved();
    /// @notice Wrong price for purchase
    error Purchase_WrongPrice(uint256 correctPrice);
    /// @notice NFT sold out
    error Mint_SoldOut();
    /// @notice Too many purchase for address
    error Purchase_TooManyForAddress();
    /// @notice Too many presale for address
    error Presale_TooManyForAddress();
    // Admin errors
    /// @notice Royalty percentage too high
    error Setup_RoyaltyPercentageTooHigh(uint16 maxRoyaltyBPS);
    /// @notice Invalid admin upgrade address
    error Admin_InvalidUpgradeAddress(address proposedAddress);
    /// @notice Unable to finalize an edition not marked as open (size set to uint64_max_value)
    error Admin_UnableToFinalizeNotOpenEdition();
    /// @notice Event emitted for each sale
    /// @param to address sale was made to
    /// @param quantity quantity of the minted nfts
    /// @param pricePerToken price for each token
    /// @param firstPurchasedTokenId first purchased token ID (to get range add to quantity for max)
    event Sale(
        address indexed to,
        uint256 indexed quantity,
        uint256 indexed pricePerToken,
        uint256 firstPurchasedTokenId
    );
    /// @notice Sales configuration has been changed
    /// @dev To access new sales configuration, use getter function.
    /// @param changedBy Changed by user
    event SalesConfigChanged(address indexed changedBy);
    /// @notice Event emitted when the funds recipient is changed
    /// @param newAddress new address for the funds recipient
    /// @param changedBy address that the recipient is changed by
    event FundsRecipientChanged(
        address indexed newAddress,
        address indexed changedBy
    );
    /// @notice Event emitted when the funds are withdrawn from the minting contract
    /// @param withdrawnBy address that issued the withdraw
    /// @param withdrawnTo address that the funds were withdrawn to
    /// @param amount amount that was withdrawn
    event FundsWithdrawn(
        address indexed withdrawnBy,
        address indexed withdrawnTo,
        uint256 amount
    );
    /// @notice Event emitted when an open mint is finalized and further minting is closed forever on the contract.
    /// @param sender address sending close mint
    /// @param numberOfMints number of mints the contract is finalized at
    event OpenMintFinalized(address indexed sender, uint256 numberOfMints);
    /// @notice Event emitted when metadata renderer is updated.
    /// @param sender address of the updater
    /// @param renderer new metadata renderer address
    event UpdatedMetadataRenderer(address sender, IMetadataRenderer renderer);
    /// @notice General configuration for NFT Minting and bookkeeping
    struct Configuration {
        /// @dev Metadata renderer (uint160)
        IMetadataRenderer metadataRenderer;
        /// @dev Total size of edition that can be minted (uint160+64 = 224)
        uint64 editionSize;
        /// @dev Royalty amount in bps (uint224+16 = 240)
        uint16 royaltyBPS;
        /// @dev Funds recipient for sale (new slot, uint160)
        address payable fundsRecipient;
    }
    /// @notice Sales states and configuration
    /// @dev Uses 3 storage slots
    struct SalesConfiguration {
        /// @dev Public sale price (max ether value > 1000 ether with this value)
        uint104 publicSalePrice;
        /// @dev ERC20 Token
        address erc20PaymentToken;
        /// @notice Purchase mint limit per address (if set to 0 === unlimited mints)
        /// @dev Max purchase number per txn (90+32 = 122)
        uint32 maxSalePurchasePerAddress;
        /// @dev uint64 type allows for dates into 292 billion years
        /// @notice Public sale start timestamp (136+64 = 186)
        uint64 publicSaleStart;
        /// @notice Public sale end timestamp (186+64 = 250)
        uint64 publicSaleEnd;
        /// @notice Presale start timestamp
        /// @dev new storage slot
        uint64 presaleStart;
        /// @notice Presale end timestamp
        uint64 presaleEnd;
        /// @notice Presale merkle root
        bytes32 presaleMerkleRoot;
    }
    /// @notice CRE8ORS - General configuration for Builder Rewards burn requirements
    struct BurnConfiguration {
        /// @dev Token to burn
        address burnToken;
        /// @dev Required number of tokens to burn
        uint256 burnQuantity;
    }
    /// @notice Sales states and configuration
    /// @dev Uses 3 storage slots
    struct ERC20SalesConfiguration {
        /// @notice Public sale price
        /// @dev max ether value > 1000 ether with this value
        uint104 publicSalePrice;
        /// @dev ERC20 Token
        address erc20PaymentToken;
        /// @notice Purchase mint limit per address (if set to 0 === unlimited mints)
        /// @dev Max purchase number per txn (90+32 = 122)
        uint32 maxSalePurchasePerAddress;
        /// @dev uint64 type allows for dates into 292 billion years
        /// @notice Public sale start timestamp (136+64 = 186)
        uint64 publicSaleStart;
        /// @notice Public sale end timestamp (186+64 = 250)
        uint64 publicSaleEnd;
        /// @notice Presale start timestamp
        /// @dev new storage slot
        uint64 presaleStart;
        /// @notice Presale end timestamp
        uint64 presaleEnd;
        /// @notice Presale merkle root
        bytes32 presaleMerkleRoot;
    }
    /// @notice Return value for sales details to use with front-ends
    struct SaleDetails {
        // Synthesized status variables for sale and presale
        bool publicSaleActive;
        bool presaleActive;
        // Price for public sale
        uint256 publicSalePrice;
        // Timed sale actions for public sale
        uint64 publicSaleStart;
        uint64 publicSaleEnd;
        // Timed sale actions for presale
        uint64 presaleStart;
        uint64 presaleEnd;
        // Merkle root (includes address, quantity, and price data for each entry)
        bytes32 presaleMerkleRoot;
        // Limit public sale to a specific number of mints per wallet
        uint256 maxSalePurchasePerAddress;
        // Information about the rest of the supply
        // Total that have been minted
        uint256 totalMinted;
        // The total supply available
        uint256 maxSupply;
    }
    /// @notice Return value for sales details to use with front-ends
    struct ERC20SaleDetails {
        /// @notice Synthesized status variables for sale
        bool publicSaleActive;
        /// @notice Synthesized status variables for presale
        bool presaleActive;
        /// @notice Price for public sale
        uint256 publicSalePrice;
        /// @notice ERC20 contract address for payment. address(0) for ETH.
        address erc20PaymentToken;
        /// @notice public sale start
        uint64 publicSaleStart;
        /// @notice public sale end
        uint64 publicSaleEnd;
        /// @notice Timed sale actions for presale start
        uint64 presaleStart;
        /// @notice Timed sale actions for presale end
        uint64 presaleEnd;
        /// @notice Merkle root (includes address, quantity, and price data for each entry)
        bytes32 presaleMerkleRoot;
        /// @notice Limit public sale to a specific number of mints per wallet
        uint256 maxSalePurchasePerAddress;
        /// @notice Total that have been minted
        uint256 totalMinted;
        /// @notice The total supply available
        uint256 maxSupply;
    }
    /// @notice Return type of specific mint counts and details per address
    struct AddressMintDetails {
        /// Number of total mints from the given address
        uint256 totalMints;
        /// Number of presale mints from the given address
        uint256 presaleMints;
        /// Number of public mints from the given address
        uint256 publicMints;
    }
    /// @notice External purchase function (payable in eth)
    /// @param quantity to purchase
    /// @return first minted token ID
    function purchase(uint256 quantity) external payable returns (uint256);
    /// @notice External purchase presale function (takes a merkle proof and matches to root) (payable in eth)
    /// @param quantity to purchase
    /// @param maxQuantity can purchase (verified by merkle root)
    /// @param pricePerToken price per token allowed (verified by merkle root)
    /// @param merkleProof input for merkle proof leaf verified by merkle root
    /// @return first minted token ID
    function purchasePresale(
        uint256 quantity,
        uint256 maxQuantity,
        uint256 pricePerToken,
        bytes32[] memory merkleProof
    ) external payable returns (uint256);
    /// @notice Function to return the global sales details for the given drop
    function saleDetails() external view returns (ERC20SaleDetails memory);
    /// @notice Function to return the specific sales details for a given address
    /// @param minter address for minter to return mint information for
    function mintedPerAddress(
        address minter
    ) external view returns (AddressMintDetails memory);
    /// @notice This is the opensea/public owner setting that can be set by the contract admin
    function owner() external view returns (address);
    /// @notice Update the metadata renderer
    /// @param newRenderer new address for renderer
    /// @param setupRenderer data to call to bootstrap data for the new renderer (optional)
    function setMetadataRenderer(
        IMetadataRenderer newRenderer,
        bytes memory setupRenderer
    ) external;
    /// @notice This is an admin mint function to mint a quantity to a specific address
    /// @param to address to mint to
    /// @param quantity quantity to mint
    /// @return the id of the first minted NFT
    function adminMint(address to, uint256 quantity) external returns (uint256);
    /// @notice This is an admin mint function to mint a single nft each to a list of addresses
    /// @param to list of addresses to mint an NFT each to
    /// @return the id of the first minted NFT
    function adminMintAirdrop(address[] memory to) external returns (uint256);
    /// @dev Getter for admin role associated with the contract to handle metadata
    /// @return boolean if address is admin
    function isAdmin(address user) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.15;
/**
 ██████╗██████╗ ███████╗ █████╗  ██████╗ ██████╗ ███████╗
██╔════╝██╔══██╗██╔════╝██╔══██╗██╔═══██╗██╔══██╗██╔════╝
██║     ██████╔╝█████╗  ╚█████╔╝██║   ██║██████╔╝███████╗
██║     ██╔══██╗██╔══╝  ██╔══██╗██║   ██║██╔══██╗╚════██║
╚██████╗██║  ██║███████╗╚█████╔╝╚██████╔╝██║  ██║███████║
 ╚═════╝╚═╝  ╚═╝╚══════╝ ╚════╝  ╚═════╝ ╚═╝  ╚═╝╚══════╝                                                     
 */
/// @dev credit: https://github.com/ourzora/zora-drops-contracts
interface IMetadataRenderer {
    function tokenURI(uint256) external view returns (string memory);
    function contractURI() external view returns (string memory);
    function initializeWithData(bytes memory initData) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.15;
import {IERC721A} from "lib/ERC721A/contracts/interfaces/IERC721A.sol";
import {IERC721Drop} from "../interfaces/IERC721Drop.sol";
import {ICre8orsCollective} from "../interfaces/ICre8orsCollective.sol";
contract Cre8orsClaimPassportMinter {
    address private cre8orsClaimContractAddress;
    address private cre8orsPassportContractAddress;
    constructor(
        address _cre8orsClaimContractAddress,
        address _cre8orsPassportContractAddress
    ) {
        cre8orsClaimContractAddress = _cre8orsClaimContractAddress;
        cre8orsPassportContractAddress = _cre8orsPassportContractAddress;
    }
    function claimPassport(uint256 _tokenId) external returns (uint256) {
        require(
            IERC721A(cre8orsClaimContractAddress).ownerOf(_tokenId) ==
                msg.sender,
            "You do not own this token"
        );
        ICre8orsCollective(cre8orsClaimContractAddress).burn(_tokenId);
        // Mint the token to the sender
        return
            IERC721Drop(cre8orsPassportContractAddress).adminMint(
                msg.sender,
                1
            );
    }
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import "./IERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC721/IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/StringsUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/introspection/ERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721[ERC721] Non-Fungible Token Standard, including
 * the Metadata extension. Built to optimize for lower gas during batch mints.
 *
 * Assumes serials are sequentially minted starting at _startTokenId() (defaults to 0, e.g. 0, 1, 2, 3..).
 *
 * Assumes that an owner cannot have more than 2**64 - 1 (max value of uint64) of supply.
 *
 * Assumes that the maximum token id cannot exceed 2**256 - 1 (max value of uint256).
 */
contract ERC721AUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable, ERC165Upgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable {
    using AddressUpgradeable for address;
    using StringsUpgradeable for uint256;
    // The tokenId of the next token to be minted.
    uint256 internal _currentIndex;
    // The number of tokens burned.
    uint256 internal _burnCounter;
    // Token name
    string private _name;
    // Token symbol
    string private _symbol;
    // Mapping from token ID to ownership details
    // An empty struct value does not necessarily mean the token is unowned. See _ownershipOf implementation for details.
    mapping(uint256 => TokenOwnership) internal _ownerships;
    // Mapping owner address to address data
    mapping(address => AddressData) private _addressData;
    // Mapping from token ID to approved address
    mapping(uint256 => address) private _tokenApprovals;
    // Mapping from owner to operator approvals
    mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) private _operatorApprovals;
    function __ERC721A_init(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializing {
        __ERC721A_init_unchained(name_, symbol_);
    }
    function __ERC721A_init_unchained(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializing {
        _name = name_;
        _symbol = symbol_;
        _currentIndex = _startTokenId();
    }
    /**
     * To change the starting tokenId, please override this function.
     */
    function _startTokenId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Burned tokens are calculated here, use _totalMinted() if you want to count just minted tokens.
     */
    function totalSupply() public view override returns (uint256) {
        // Counter underflow is impossible as _burnCounter cannot be incremented
        // more than _currentIndex - _startTokenId() times
        unchecked {
            return _currentIndex - _burnCounter - _startTokenId();
        }
    }
    /**
     * Returns the total amount of tokens minted in the contract.
     */
    function _totalMinted() internal view returns (uint256) {
        // Counter underflow is impossible as _currentIndex does not decrement,
        // and it is initialized to _startTokenId()
        unchecked {
            return _currentIndex - _startTokenId();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(ERC165Upgradeable, IERC165Upgradeable) returns (bool) {
        return
            interfaceId == type(IERC721Upgradeable).interfaceId ||
            interfaceId == type(IERC721MetadataUpgradeable).interfaceId ||
            super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-balanceOf}.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) public view override returns (uint256) {
        if (owner == address(0)) revert BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
        return uint256(_addressData[owner].balance);
    }
    /**
     * Returns the number of tokens minted by `owner`.
     */
    function _numberMinted(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(_addressData[owner].numberMinted);
    }
    /**
     * Returns the number of tokens burned by or on behalf of `owner`.
     */
    function _numberBurned(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(_addressData[owner].numberBurned);
    }
    /**
     * Returns the auxillary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
     */
    function _getAux(address owner) internal view returns (uint64) {
        return _addressData[owner].aux;
    }
    /**
     * Sets the auxillary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
     * If there are multiple variables, please pack them into a uint64.
     */
    function _setAux(address owner, uint64 aux) internal {
        _addressData[owner].aux = aux;
    }
    /**
     * Gas spent here starts off proportional to the maximum mint batch size.
     * It gradually moves to O(1) as tokens get transferred around in the collection over time.
     */
    function _ownershipOf(uint256 tokenId) internal view returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
        uint256 curr = tokenId;
        unchecked {
            if (_startTokenId() <= curr && curr < _currentIndex) {
                TokenOwnership memory ownership = _ownerships[curr];
                if (!ownership.burned) {
                    if (ownership.addr != address(0)) {
                        return ownership;
                    }
                    // Invariant:
                    // There will always be an ownership that has an address and is not burned
                    // before an ownership that does not have an address and is not burned.
                    // Hence, curr will not underflow.
                    while (true) {
                        curr--;
                        ownership = _ownerships[curr];
                        if (ownership.addr != address(0)) {
                            return ownership;
                        }
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        revert OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-ownerOf}.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) public view override returns (address) {
        return _ownershipOf(tokenId).addr;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-name}.
     */
    function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _name;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-symbol}.
     */
    function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _symbol;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-tokenURI}.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
        string memory baseURI = _baseURI();
        return bytes(baseURI).length != 0 ? string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, tokenId.toString())) : '';
    }
    /**
     * @dev Base URI for computing {tokenURI}. If set, the resulting URI for each
     * token will be the concatenation of the `baseURI` and the `tokenId`. Empty
     * by default, can be overriden in child contracts.
     */
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
        return '';
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-approve}.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) public override {
        address owner = ERC721AUpgradeable.ownerOf(tokenId);
        if (to == owner) revert ApprovalToCurrentOwner();
        if (_msgSender() != owner && !isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSender())) {
            revert ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        }
        _approve(to, tokenId, owner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-getApproved}.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) public view override returns (address) {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
        return _tokenApprovals[tokenId];
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override {
        if (operator == _msgSender()) revert ApproveToCaller();
        _operatorApprovals[_msgSender()][operator] = approved;
        emit ApprovalForAll(_msgSender(), operator, approved);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-isApprovedForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return _operatorApprovals[owner][operator];
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-transferFrom}.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public virtual override {
        _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public virtual override {
        safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '');
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory _data
    ) public virtual override {
        _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        if (to.isContract() && !_checkContractOnERC721Received(from, to, tokenId, _data)) {
            revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `tokenId` exists.
     *
     * Tokens can be managed by their owner or approved accounts via {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Tokens start existing when they are minted (`_mint`),
     */
    function _exists(uint256 tokenId) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _startTokenId() <= tokenId && tokenId < _currentIndex && !_ownerships[tokenId].burned;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_safeMint(to, quantity, '')`.
     */
    function _safeMint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal {
        _safeMint(to, quantity, '');
    }
    /**
     * @dev Safely mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     *   {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called for each safe transfer.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _safeMint(
        address to,
        uint256 quantity,
        bytes memory _data
    ) internal {
        uint256 startTokenId = _currentIndex;
        if (to == address(0)) revert MintToZeroAddress();
        if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
        // Overflows are incredibly unrealistic.
        // balance or numberMinted overflow if current value of either + quantity > 1.8e19 (2**64) - 1
        // updatedIndex overflows if _currentIndex + quantity > 1.2e77 (2**256) - 1
        unchecked {
            _addressData[to].balance += uint64(quantity);
            _addressData[to].numberMinted += uint64(quantity);
            _ownerships[startTokenId].addr = to;
            _ownerships[startTokenId].startTimestamp = uint64(block.timestamp);
            uint256 updatedIndex = startTokenId;
            uint256 end = updatedIndex + quantity;
            if (to.isContract()) {
                do {
                    emit Transfer(address(0), to, updatedIndex);
                    if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(address(0), to, updatedIndex++, _data)) {
                        revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
                    }
                } while (updatedIndex != end);
                // Reentrancy protection
                if (_currentIndex != startTokenId) revert();
            } else {
                do {
                    emit Transfer(address(0), to, updatedIndex++);
                } while (updatedIndex != end);
            }
            _currentIndex = updatedIndex;
        }
        _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _mint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal {
        uint256 startTokenId = _currentIndex;
        if (to == address(0)) revert MintToZeroAddress();
        if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
        // Overflows are incredibly unrealistic.
        // balance or numberMinted overflow if current value of either + quantity > 1.8e19 (2**64) - 1
        // updatedIndex overflows if _currentIndex + quantity > 1.2e77 (2**256) - 1
        unchecked {
            _addressData[to].balance += uint64(quantity);
            _addressData[to].numberMinted += uint64(quantity);
            _ownerships[startTokenId].addr = to;
            _ownerships[startTokenId].startTimestamp = uint64(block.timestamp);
            uint256 updatedIndex = startTokenId;
            uint256 end = updatedIndex + quantity;
            do {
                emit Transfer(address(0), to, updatedIndex++);
            } while (updatedIndex != end);
            _currentIndex = updatedIndex;
        }
        _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _transfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) private {
        TokenOwnership memory prevOwnership = _ownershipOf(tokenId);
        if (prevOwnership.addr != from) revert TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
        bool isApprovedOrOwner = (_msgSender() == from ||
            isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSender()) ||
            getApproved(tokenId) == _msgSender());
        if (!isApprovedOrOwner) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        if (to == address(0)) revert TransferToZeroAddress();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
        // Clear approvals from the previous owner
        _approve(address(0), tokenId, from);
        // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
        // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
        // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as tokenId would have to be 2**256.
        unchecked {
            _addressData[from].balance -= 1;
            _addressData[to].balance += 1;
            TokenOwnership storage currSlot = _ownerships[tokenId];
            currSlot.addr = to;
            currSlot.startTimestamp = uint64(block.timestamp);
            // If the ownership slot of tokenId+1 is not explicitly set, that means the transfer initiator owns it.
            // Set the slot of tokenId+1 explicitly in storage to maintain correctness for ownerOf(tokenId+1) calls.
            uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
            TokenOwnership storage nextSlot = _ownerships[nextTokenId];
            if (nextSlot.addr == address(0)) {
                // This will suffice for checking _exists(nextTokenId),
                // as a burned slot cannot contain the zero address.
                if (nextTokenId != _currentIndex) {
                    nextSlot.addr = from;
                    nextSlot.startTimestamp = prevOwnership.startTimestamp;
                }
            }
        }
        emit Transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_burn(tokenId, false)`.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _burn(tokenId, false);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Destroys `tokenId`.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is burned.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId, bool approvalCheck) internal virtual {
        TokenOwnership memory prevOwnership = _ownershipOf(tokenId);
        address from = prevOwnership.addr;
        if (approvalCheck) {
            bool isApprovedOrOwner = (_msgSender() == from ||
                isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSender()) ||
                getApproved(tokenId) == _msgSender());
            if (!isApprovedOrOwner) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        }
        _beforeTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
        // Clear approvals from the previous owner
        _approve(address(0), tokenId, from);
        // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
        // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
        // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as tokenId would have to be 2**256.
        unchecked {
            AddressData storage addressData = _addressData[from];
            addressData.balance -= 1;
            addressData.numberBurned += 1;
            // Keep track of who burned the token, and the timestamp of burning.
            TokenOwnership storage currSlot = _ownerships[tokenId];
            currSlot.addr = from;
            currSlot.startTimestamp = uint64(block.timestamp);
            currSlot.burned = true;
            // If the ownership slot of tokenId+1 is not explicitly set, that means the burn initiator owns it.
            // Set the slot of tokenId+1 explicitly in storage to maintain correctness for ownerOf(tokenId+1) calls.
            uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
            TokenOwnership storage nextSlot = _ownerships[nextTokenId];
            if (nextSlot.addr == address(0)) {
                // This will suffice for checking _exists(nextTokenId),
                // as a burned slot cannot contain the zero address.
                if (nextTokenId != _currentIndex) {
                    nextSlot.addr = from;
                    nextSlot.startTimestamp = prevOwnership.startTimestamp;
                }
            }
        }
        emit Transfer(from, address(0), tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
        // Overflow not possible, as _burnCounter cannot be exceed _currentIndex times.
        unchecked {
            _burnCounter++;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Approve `to` to operate on `tokenId`
     *
     * Emits a {Approval} event.
     */
    function _approve(
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        address owner
    ) private {
        _tokenApprovals[tokenId] = to;
        emit Approval(owner, to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to invoke {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} on a target contract.
     *
     * @param from address representing the previous owner of the given token ID
     * @param to target address that will receive the tokens
     * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be transferred
     * @param _data bytes optional data to send along with the call
     * @return bool whether the call correctly returned the expected magic value
     */
    function _checkContractOnERC721Received(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory _data
    ) private returns (bool) {
        try IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable(to).onERC721Received(_msgSender(), from, tokenId, _data) returns (bytes4 retval) {
            return retval == IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable(to).onERC721Received.selector;
        } catch (bytes memory reason) {
            if (reason.length == 0) {
                revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
            } else {
                assembly {
                    revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
                }
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called before a set of serially-ordered token ids are about to be transferred. This includes minting.
     * And also called before burning one token.
     *
     * startTokenId - the first token id to be transferred
     * quantity - the amount to be transferred
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` will be
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` will be burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal virtual {}
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called after a set of serially-ordered token ids have been transferred. This includes
     * minting.
     * And also called after one token has been burned.
     *
     * startTokenId - the first token id to be transferred
     * quantity - the amount to be transferred
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` has been
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` has been minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` has been burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _afterTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal virtual {}
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[42] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC721/IERC721Upgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721MetadataUpgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Interface of an ERC721A compliant contract.
 */
interface IERC721AUpgradeable is IERC721Upgradeable, IERC721MetadataUpgradeable {
    /**
     * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    error ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * The caller cannot approve to their own address.
     */
    error ApproveToCaller();
    /**
     * The caller cannot approve to the current owner.
     */
    error ApprovalToCurrentOwner();
    /**
     * Cannot query the balance for the zero address.
     */
    error BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
    /**
     * Cannot mint to the zero address.
     */
    error MintToZeroAddress();
    /**
     * The quantity of tokens minted must be more than zero.
     */
    error MintZeroQuantity();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    error TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
    /**
     * The token must be owned by `from`.
     */
    error TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
    /**
     * Cannot safely transfer to a contract that does not implement the ERC721Receiver interface.
     */
    error TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
    /**
     * Cannot transfer to the zero address.
     */
    error TransferToZeroAddress();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
    // Compiler will pack this into a single 256bit word.
    struct TokenOwnership {
        // The address of the owner.
        address addr;
        // Keeps track of the start time of ownership with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
        uint64 startTimestamp;
        // Whether the token has been burned.
        bool burned;
    }
    // Compiler will pack this into a single 256bit word.
    struct AddressData {
        // Realistically, 2**64-1 is more than enough.
        uint64 balance;
        // Keeps track of mint count with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
        uint64 numberMinted;
        // Keeps track of burn count with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
        uint64 numberBurned;
        // For miscellaneous variable(s) pertaining to the address
        // (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
        // If there are multiple variables, please pack them into a uint64.
        uint64 aux;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total amount of tokens stored by the contract.
     * @dev Burned tokens are calculated here, use _totalMinted() if you want to count just minted tokens.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (access/AccessControl.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IAccessControlUpgradeable.sol";
import "../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "../utils/StringsUpgradeable.sol";
import "../utils/introspection/ERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module that allows children to implement role-based access
 * control mechanisms. This is a lightweight version that doesn't allow enumerating role
 * members except through off-chain means by accessing the contract event logs. Some
 * applications may benefit from on-chain enumerability, for those cases see
 * {AccessControlEnumerable}.
 *
 * Roles are referred to by their `bytes32` identifier. These should be exposed
 * in the external API and be unique. The best way to achieve this is by
 * using `public constant` hash digests:
 *
 * ```
 * bytes32 public constant MY_ROLE = keccak256("MY_ROLE");
 * ```
 *
 * Roles can be used to represent a set of permissions. To restrict access to a
 * function call, use {hasRole}:
 *
 * ```
 * function foo() public {
 *     require(hasRole(MY_ROLE, msg.sender));
 *     ...
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Roles can be granted and revoked dynamically via the {grantRole} and
 * {revokeRole} functions. Each role has an associated admin role, and only
 * accounts that have a role's admin role can call {grantRole} and {revokeRole}.
 *
 * By default, the admin role for all roles is `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE`, which means
 * that only accounts with this role will be able to grant or revoke other
 * roles. More complex role relationships can be created by using
 * {_setRoleAdmin}.
 *
 * WARNING: The `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is also its own admin: it has permission to
 * grant and revoke this role. Extra precautions should be taken to secure
 * accounts that have been granted it.
 */
abstract contract AccessControlUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable, IAccessControlUpgradeable, ERC165Upgradeable {
    function __AccessControl_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function __AccessControl_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    struct RoleData {
        mapping(address => bool) members;
        bytes32 adminRole;
    }
    mapping(bytes32 => RoleData) private _roles;
    bytes32 public constant DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE = 0x00;
    /**
     * @dev Modifier that checks that an account has a specific role. Reverts
     * with a standardized message including the required role.
     *
     * The format of the revert reason is given by the following regular expression:
     *
     *  /^AccessControl: account (0x[0-9a-f]{40}) is missing role (0x[0-9a-f]{64})$/
     *
     * _Available since v4.1._
     */
    modifier onlyRole(bytes32 role) {
        _checkRole(role);
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IAccessControlUpgradeable).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
     */
    function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return _roles[role].members[account];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revert with a standard message if `_msgSender()` is missing `role`.
     * Overriding this function changes the behavior of the {onlyRole} modifier.
     *
     * Format of the revert message is described in {_checkRole}.
     *
     * _Available since v4.6._
     */
    function _checkRole(bytes32 role) internal view virtual {
        _checkRole(role, _msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revert with a standard message if `account` is missing `role`.
     *
     * The format of the revert reason is given by the following regular expression:
     *
     *  /^AccessControl: account (0x[0-9a-f]{40}) is missing role (0x[0-9a-f]{64})$/
     */
    function _checkRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal view virtual {
        if (!hasRole(role, account)) {
            revert(
                string(
                    abi.encodePacked(
                        "AccessControl: account ",
                        StringsUpgradeable.toHexString(uint160(account), 20),
                        " is missing role ",
                        StringsUpgradeable.toHexString(uint256(role), 32)
                    )
                )
            );
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and
     * {revokeRole}.
     *
     * To change a role's admin, use {_setRoleAdmin}.
     */
    function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) public view virtual override returns (bytes32) {
        return _roles[role].adminRole;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override onlyRole(getRoleAdmin(role)) {
        _grantRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override onlyRole(getRoleAdmin(role)) {
        _revokeRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.
     *
     * Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function's
     * purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges
     * if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).
     *
     * If the calling account had been revoked `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must be `account`.
     */
    function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override {
        require(account == _msgSender(), "AccessControl: can only renounce roles for self");
        _revokeRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event. Note that unlike {grantRole}, this function doesn't perform any
     * checks on the calling account.
     *
     * [WARNING]
     * ====
     * This function should only be called from the constructor when setting
     * up the initial roles for the system.
     *
     * Using this function in any other way is effectively circumventing the admin
     * system imposed by {AccessControl}.
     * ====
     *
     * NOTE: This function is deprecated in favor of {_grantRole}.
     */
    function _setupRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        _grantRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Sets `adminRole` as ``role``'s admin role.
     *
     * Emits a {RoleAdminChanged} event.
     */
    function _setRoleAdmin(bytes32 role, bytes32 adminRole) internal virtual {
        bytes32 previousAdminRole = getRoleAdmin(role);
        _roles[role].adminRole = adminRole;
        emit RoleAdminChanged(role, previousAdminRole, adminRole);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        if (!hasRole(role, account)) {
            _roles[role].members[account] = true;
            emit RoleGranted(role, account, _msgSender());
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        if (hasRole(role, account)) {
            _roles[role].members[account] = false;
            emit RoleRevoked(role, account, _msgSender());
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[49] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/IAccessControl.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev External interface of AccessControl declared to support ERC165 detection.
 */
interface IAccessControlUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `newAdminRole` is set as ``role``'s admin role, replacing `previousAdminRole`
     *
     * `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is the starting admin for all roles, despite
     * {RoleAdminChanged} not being emitted signaling this.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    event RoleAdminChanged(bytes32 indexed role, bytes32 indexed previousAdminRole, bytes32 indexed newAdminRole);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` is granted `role`.
     *
     * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call, an admin role
     * bearer except when using {AccessControl-_setupRole}.
     */
    event RoleGranted(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` is revoked `role`.
     *
     * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call:
     *   - if using `revokeRole`, it is the admin role bearer
     *   - if using `renounceRole`, it is the role bearer (i.e. `account`)
     */
    event RoleRevoked(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);
    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
     */
    function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) external view returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and
     * {revokeRole}.
     *
     * To change a role's admin, use {AccessControl-_setRoleAdmin}.
     */
    function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) external view returns (bytes32);
    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.
     *
     * Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function's
     * purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges
     * if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).
     *
     * If the calling account had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must be `account`.
     */
    function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (interfaces/IERC2981.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/introspection/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Interface for the NFT Royalty Standard.
 *
 * A standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) to enable universal
 * support for royalty payments across all NFT marketplaces and ecosystem participants.
 *
 * _Available since v4.5._
 */
interface IERC2981Upgradeable is IERC165Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns how much royalty is owed and to whom, based on a sale price that may be denominated in any unit of
     * exchange. The royalty amount is denominated and should be payed in that same unit of exchange.
     */
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 salePrice)
        external
        view
        returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (proxy/utils/Initializable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
 * behind a proxy. Since proxied contracts do not make use of a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
 * external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
 * function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
 *
 * TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
 * possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
 *
 * CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
 * that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
 *
 * [CAUTION]
 * ====
 * Avoid leaving a contract uninitialized.
 *
 * An uninitialized contract can be taken over by an attacker. This applies to both a proxy and its implementation
 * contract, which may impact the proxy. To initialize the implementation contract, you can either invoke the
 * initializer manually, or you can include a constructor to automatically mark it as initialized when it is deployed:
 *
 * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
 * ```
 * /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
 * constructor() initializer {}
 * ```
 * ====
 */
abstract contract Initializable {
    /**
     * @dev Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
     */
    bool private _initialized;
    /**
     * @dev Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
     */
    bool private _initializing;
    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initializer function from being invoked twice.
     */
    modifier initializer() {
        // If the contract is initializing we ignore whether _initialized is set in order to support multiple
        // inheritance patterns, but we only do this in the context of a constructor, because in other contexts the
        // contract may have been reentered.
        require(_initializing ? _isConstructor() : !_initialized, "Initializable: contract is already initialized");
        bool isTopLevelCall = !_initializing;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            _initializing = true;
            _initialized = true;
        }
        _;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            _initializing = false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the
     * {initializer} modifier, directly or indirectly.
     */
    modifier onlyInitializing() {
        require(_initializing, "Initializable: contract is not initializing");
        _;
    }
    function _isConstructor() private view returns (bool) {
        return !AddressUpgradeable.isContract(address(this));
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (security/ReentrancyGuard.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module that helps prevent reentrant calls to a function.
 *
 * Inheriting from `ReentrancyGuard` will make the {nonReentrant} modifier
 * available, which can be applied to functions to make sure there are no nested
 * (reentrant) calls to them.
 *
 * Note that because there is a single `nonReentrant` guard, functions marked as
 * `nonReentrant` may not call one another. This can be worked around by making
 * those functions `private`, and then adding `external` `nonReentrant` entry
 * points to them.
 *
 * TIP: If you would like to learn more about reentrancy and alternative ways
 * to protect against it, check out our blog post
 * https://blog.openzeppelin.com/reentrancy-after-istanbul/[Reentrancy After Istanbul].
 */
abstract contract ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable is Initializable {
    // Booleans are more expensive than uint256 or any type that takes up a full
    // word because each write operation emits an extra SLOAD to first read the
    // slot's contents, replace the bits taken up by the boolean, and then write
    // back. This is the compiler's defense against contract upgrades and
    // pointer aliasing, and it cannot be disabled.
    // The values being non-zero value makes deployment a bit more expensive,
    // but in exchange the refund on every call to nonReentrant will be lower in
    // amount. Since refunds are capped to a percentage of the total
    // transaction's gas, it is best to keep them low in cases like this one, to
    // increase the likelihood of the full refund coming into effect.
    uint256 private constant _NOT_ENTERED = 1;
    uint256 private constant _ENTERED = 2;
    uint256 private _status;
    function __ReentrancyGuard_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __ReentrancyGuard_init_unchained();
    }
    function __ReentrancyGuard_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Prevents a contract from calling itself, directly or indirectly.
     * Calling a `nonReentrant` function from another `nonReentrant`
     * function is not supported. It is possible to prevent this from happening
     * by making the `nonReentrant` function external, and making it call a
     * `private` function that does the actual work.
     */
    modifier nonReentrant() {
        // On the first call to nonReentrant, _notEntered will be true
        require(_status != _ENTERED, "ReentrancyGuard: reentrant call");
        // Any calls to nonReentrant after this point will fail
        _status = _ENTERED;
        _;
        // By storing the original value once again, a refund is triggered (see
        // https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2200)
        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[49] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (token/ERC20/IERC20.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC20 standard as defined in the EIP.
 */
interface IERC20Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens in existence.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens owned by `account`.
     */
    function balanceOf(address account) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from the caller's account to `to`.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transfer(address to, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the remaining number of tokens that `spender` will be
     * allowed to spend on behalf of `owner` through {transferFrom}. This is
     * zero by default.
     *
     * This value changes when {approve} or {transferFrom} are called.
     */
    function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Sets `amount` as the allowance of `spender` over the caller's tokens.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: Beware that changing an allowance with this method brings the risk
     * that someone may use both the old and the new allowance by unfortunate
     * transaction ordering. One possible solution to mitigate this race
     * condition is to first reduce the spender's allowance to 0 and set the
     * desired value afterwards:
     * https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20#issuecomment-263524729
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from `from` to `to` using the
     * allowance mechanism. `amount` is then deducted from the caller's
     * allowance.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    ) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `value` tokens are moved from one account (`from`) to
     * another (`to`).
     *
     * Note that `value` may be zero.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the allowance of a `spender` for an `owner` is set by
     * a call to {approve}. `value` is the new allowance.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 value);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC721/IERC721Receiver.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @title ERC721 token receiver interface
 * @dev Interface for any contract that wants to support safeTransfers
 * from ERC721 asset contracts.
 */
interface IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Whenever an {IERC721} `tokenId` token is transferred to this contract via {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}
     * by `operator` from `from`, this function is called.
     *
     * It must return its Solidity selector to confirm the token transfer.
     * If any other value is returned or the interface is not implemented by the recipient, the transfer will be reverted.
     *
     * The selector can be obtained in Solidity with `IERC721Receiver.onERC721Received.selector`.
     */
    function onERC721Received(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC721/IERC721.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../utils/introspection/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Required interface of an ERC721 compliant contract.
 */
interface IERC721Upgradeable is IERC165Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in ``owner``'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
     * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been allowed to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {safeTransferFrom} whenever possible.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);
    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom} for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Metadata.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../IERC721Upgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @title ERC-721 Non-Fungible Token Standard, optional metadata extension
 * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721
 */
interface IERC721MetadataUpgradeable is IERC721Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
     */
    function name() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
     */
    function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (utils/Address.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library AddressUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.
        return account.code.length > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verifies that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
            if (returndata.length > 0) {
                // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
                assembly {
                    let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                    revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                }
            } else {
                revert(errorMessage);
            }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract ContextUpgradeable is Initializable {
    function __Context_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function __Context_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[50] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Strings.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev String operations.
 */
library StringsUpgradeable {
    bytes16 private constant _HEX_SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef";
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
     */
    function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        // Inspired by OraclizeAPI's implementation - MIT licence
        // https://github.com/oraclize/ethereum-api/blob/b42146b063c7d6ee1358846c198246239e9360e8/oraclizeAPI_0.4.25.sol
        if (value == 0) {
            return "0";
        }
        uint256 temp = value;
        uint256 digits;
        while (temp != 0) {
            digits++;
            temp /= 10;
        }
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(digits);
        while (value != 0) {
            digits -= 1;
            buffer[digits] = bytes1(uint8(48 + uint256(value % 10)));
            value /= 10;
        }
        return string(buffer);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        if (value == 0) {
            return "0x00";
        }
        uint256 temp = value;
        uint256 length = 0;
        while (temp != 0) {
            length++;
            temp >>= 8;
        }
        return toHexString(value, length);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
        buffer[0] = "0";
        buffer[1] = "x";
        for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
            buffer[i] = _HEX_SYMBOLS[value & 0xf];
            value >>= 4;
        }
        require(value == 0, "Strings: hex length insufficient");
        return string(buffer);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (utils/cryptography/MerkleProof.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev These functions deal with verification of Merkle Trees proofs.
 *
 * The proofs can be generated using the JavaScript library
 * https://github.com/miguelmota/merkletreejs[merkletreejs].
 * Note: the hashing algorithm should be keccak256 and pair sorting should be enabled.
 *
 * See `test/utils/cryptography/MerkleProof.test.js` for some examples.
 *
 * WARNING: You should avoid using leaf values that are 64 bytes long prior to
 * hashing, or use a hash function other than keccak256 for hashing leaves.
 * This is because the concatenation of a sorted pair of internal nodes in
 * the merkle tree could be reinterpreted as a leaf value.
 */
library MerkleProofUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if a `leaf` can be proved to be a part of a Merkle tree
     * defined by `root`. For this, a `proof` must be provided, containing
     * sibling hashes on the branch from the leaf to the root of the tree. Each
     * pair of leaves and each pair of pre-images are assumed to be sorted.
     */
    function verify(
        bytes32[] memory proof,
        bytes32 root,
        bytes32 leaf
    ) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return processProof(proof, leaf) == root;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the rebuilt hash obtained by traversing a Merkle tree up
     * from `leaf` using `proof`. A `proof` is valid if and only if the rebuilt
     * hash matches the root of the tree. When processing the proof, the pairs
     * of leafs & pre-images are assumed to be sorted.
     *
     * _Available since v4.4._
     */
    function processProof(bytes32[] memory proof, bytes32 leaf) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        bytes32 computedHash = leaf;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < proof.length; i++) {
            bytes32 proofElement = proof[i];
            if (computedHash <= proofElement) {
                // Hash(current computed hash + current element of the proof)
                computedHash = _efficientHash(computedHash, proofElement);
            } else {
                // Hash(current element of the proof + current computed hash)
                computedHash = _efficientHash(proofElement, computedHash);
            }
        }
        return computedHash;
    }
    function _efficientHash(bytes32 a, bytes32 b) private pure returns (bytes32 value) {
        assembly {
            mstore(0x00, a)
            mstore(0x20, b)
            value := keccak256(0x00, 0x40)
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/ERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
 *
 * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
 * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
 *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
 */
abstract contract ERC165Upgradeable is Initializable, IERC165Upgradeable {
    function __ERC165_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function __ERC165_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC165Upgradeable).interfaceId;
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[50] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
/**
         )     (   (            (   (   
      ( /( (   )\\  )\\       (   )\\  )\\  
  (   )\\()))\\ ((_)((_)`  )  )\\ ((_)((_) 
  )\\ ((_)\\((_) _   _  /(/( ((_) _   _   
 ((_)| |(_)(_)| | | |((_)_\\ (_)| | | |  
/ _| | ' \\ | || | | || '_ \\)| || | | |  
\\__| |_||_||_||_| |_|| .__/ |_||_| |_|  
                     |_|                
 */
import {ERC721AUpgradeable} from "erc721a-upgradeable/ERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
import {IERC721AUpgradeable} from "erc721a-upgradeable/IERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
import {IERC2981Upgradeable, IERC165Upgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/interfaces/IERC2981Upgradeable.sol";
import {AccessControlUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/access/AccessControlUpgradeable.sol";
import {ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/security/ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable.sol";
import {MerkleProofUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/cryptography/MerkleProofUpgradeable.sol";
import {IERC20Upgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC20/IERC20Upgradeable.sol";
import {IMetadataRenderer} from "./interfaces/IMetadataRenderer.sol";
import {IERC721Drop} from "./interfaces/IERC721Drop.sol";
import {IOwnable} from "./interfaces/IOwnable.sol";
import {OwnableSkeleton} from "./utils/OwnableSkeleton.sol";
import {FundsReceiver} from "./utils/FundsReceiver.sol";
import {Version} from "./utils/Version.sol";
import {ERC721DropStorageV1} from "./storage/ERC721DropStorageV1.sol";
/**
 * @notice ZORA NFT Base contract for Drops and Editions
 *
 * @dev For drops: assumes 1. linear mint order, 2. max number of mints needs to be less than max_uint64
 *       (if you have more than 18 quintillion linear mints you should probably not be using this contract)
 * @author [email protected] (modified by sw33ts.eth)
 *
 */
contract ERC721Drop is
    ERC721AUpgradeable,
    IERC2981Upgradeable,
    ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable,
    AccessControlUpgradeable,
    IERC721Drop,
    OwnableSkeleton,
    FundsReceiver,
    Version(8),
    ERC721DropStorageV1
{
    /// @dev This is the max mint batch size for the optimized ERC721A mint contract
    uint256 internal constant MAX_MINT_BATCH_SIZE = 8;
    /// @dev Gas limit to send funds
    uint256 internal constant FUNDS_SEND_GAS_LIMIT = 210_000;
    /// @notice Access control roles
    bytes32 public immutable MINTER_ROLE = keccak256("MINTER");
    bytes32 public immutable SALES_MANAGER_ROLE = keccak256("SALES_MANAGER");
    /// @dev ZORA V3 transfer helper address for auto-approval
    address internal immutable zoraERC721TransferHelper;
    /// @notice Max royalty BPS
    uint16 constant MAX_ROYALTY_BPS = 50_00;
    /// @notice Only allow for users with admin access
    modifier onlyAdmin() {
        if (!hasRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, _msgSender())) {
            revert Access_OnlyAdmin();
        }
        _;
    }
    /// @notice Only a given role has access or admin
    /// @param role role to check for alongside the admin role
    modifier onlyRoleOrAdmin(bytes32 role) {
        if (
            !hasRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, _msgSender()) &&
            !hasRole(role, _msgSender())
        ) {
            revert Access_MissingRoleOrAdmin(role);
        }
        _;
    }
    /// @notice Allows user to mint tokens at a quantity
    modifier canMintTokens(uint256 quantity) {
        if (quantity + _totalMinted() > config.editionSize) {
            revert Mint_SoldOut();
        }
        _;
    }
    function _presaleActive() internal view returns (bool) {
        return
            salesConfig.presaleStart <= block.timestamp &&
            salesConfig.presaleEnd > block.timestamp;
    }
    function _publicSaleActive() internal view returns (bool) {
        return
            salesConfig.publicSaleStart <= block.timestamp &&
            salesConfig.publicSaleEnd > block.timestamp;
    }
    /// @notice Presale active
    modifier onlyPresaleActive() {
        if (!_presaleActive()) {
            revert Presale_Inactive();
        }
        _;
    }
    /// @notice Public sale active
    modifier onlyPublicSaleActive() {
        if (!_publicSaleActive()) {
            revert Sale_Inactive();
        }
        _;
    }
    /// @notice Getter for last minted token ID (gets next token id and subtracts 1)
    function _lastMintedTokenId() internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _currentIndex - 1;
    }
    /// @notice Start token ID for minting (1-100 vs 0-99)
    function _startTokenId() internal pure override returns (uint256) {
        return 1;
    }
    /// @notice Global constructor – these variables will not change with further proxy deploys
    /// @dev Marked as an initializer to prevent storage being used of base implementation. Can only be init'd by a proxy.
    /// @param _zoraERC721TransferHelper Transfer helper
    constructor(address _zoraERC721TransferHelper) initializer {
        zoraERC721TransferHelper = _zoraERC721TransferHelper;
    }
    ///  @dev Create a new drop contract
    ///  @param _contractName Contract name
    ///  @param _contractSymbol Contract symbol
    ///  @param _initialOwner User that owns and can mint the edition, gets royalty and sales payouts and can update the base url if needed.
    ///  @param _fundsRecipient Wallet/user that receives funds from sale
    ///  @param _editionSize Number of editions that can be minted in total. If 0, unlimited editions can be minted.
    ///  @param _royaltyBPS BPS of the royalty set on the contract. Can be 0 for no royalty.
    ///  @param _salesConfig New sales config to set upon init
    ///  @param _metadataRenderer Renderer contract to use
    ///  @param _metadataRendererInit Renderer data initial contract
    function initialize(
        string memory _contractName,
        string memory _contractSymbol,
        address _initialOwner,
        address payable _fundsRecipient,
        uint64 _editionSize,
        uint16 _royaltyBPS,
        ERC20SalesConfiguration memory _salesConfig,
        IMetadataRenderer _metadataRenderer,
        bytes memory _metadataRendererInit
    ) public initializer {
        // Setup ERC721A
        __ERC721A_init(_contractName, _contractSymbol);
        // Setup access control
        __AccessControl_init();
        // Setup re-entracy guard
        __ReentrancyGuard_init();
        // Setup the owner role
        _setupRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, _initialOwner);
        // Set ownership to original sender of contract call
        _setOwner(_initialOwner);
        if (config.royaltyBPS > MAX_ROYALTY_BPS) {
            revert Setup_RoyaltyPercentageTooHigh(MAX_ROYALTY_BPS);
        }
        // Update salesConfig
        salesConfig = _salesConfig;
        // Setup config variables
        config.editionSize = _editionSize;
        config.metadataRenderer = _metadataRenderer;
        config.royaltyBPS = _royaltyBPS;
        config.fundsRecipient = _fundsRecipient;
        _metadataRenderer.initializeWithData(_metadataRendererInit);
    }
    /// @dev Getter for admin role associated with the contract to handle metadata
    /// @return boolean if address is admin
    function isAdmin(address user) external view returns (bool) {
        return hasRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, user);
    }
    //        ,-.
    //        `-'
    //        /|\\
    //         |             ,----------.
    //        / \\            |ERC721Drop|
    //      Caller           `----+-----'
    //        |       burn()      |
    //        | ------------------>
    //        |                   |
    //        |                   |----.
    //        |                   |    | burn token
    //        |                   |<---'
    //      Caller           ,----+-----.
    //        ,-.            |ERC721Drop|
    //        `-'            `----------'
    //        /|\\
    //         |
    //        / \\
    /// @param tokenId Token ID to burn
    /// @notice User burn function for token id
    function burn(uint256 tokenId) public {
        _burn(tokenId, true);
    }
    /// @dev Get royalty information for token
    /// @param _salePrice Sale price for the token
    function royaltyInfo(uint256, uint256 _salePrice)
        external
        view
        override
        returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount)
    {
        if (config.fundsRecipient == address(0)) {
            return (config.fundsRecipient, 0);
        }
        return (
            config.fundsRecipient,
            (_salePrice * config.royaltyBPS) / 10_000
        );
    }
    /// @notice Sale details
    /// @return IERC721Drop.SaleDetails sale information details
    function saleDetails()
        external
        view
        returns (IERC721Drop.ERC20SaleDetails memory)
    {
        return
            IERC721Drop.ERC20SaleDetails({
                erc20PaymentToken: salesConfig.erc20PaymentToken,
                publicSaleActive: _publicSaleActive(),
                presaleActive: _presaleActive(),
                publicSalePrice: salesConfig.publicSalePrice,
                publicSaleStart: salesConfig.publicSaleStart,
                publicSaleEnd: salesConfig.publicSaleEnd,
                presaleStart: salesConfig.presaleStart,
                presaleEnd: salesConfig.presaleEnd,
                presaleMerkleRoot: salesConfig.presaleMerkleRoot,
                totalMinted: _totalMinted(),
                maxSupply: config.editionSize,
                maxSalePurchasePerAddress: salesConfig.maxSalePurchasePerAddress
            });
    }
    /// @dev Number of NFTs the user has minted per address
    /// @param minter to get counts for
    function mintedPerAddress(address minter)
        external
        view
        override
        returns (IERC721Drop.AddressMintDetails memory)
    {
        return
            IERC721Drop.AddressMintDetails({
                presaleMints: presaleMintsByAddress[minter],
                publicMints: _numberMinted(minter) -
                    presaleMintsByAddress[minter],
                totalMints: _numberMinted(minter)
            });
    }
    /// @dev Setup auto-approval for Zora v3 access to sell NFT
    ///      Still requires approval for module
    /// @param nftOwner owner of the nft
    /// @param operator operator wishing to transfer/burn/etc the NFTs
    function isApprovedForAll(address nftOwner, address operator)
        public
        view
        override(ERC721AUpgradeable)
        returns (bool)
    {
        if (operator == zoraERC721TransferHelper) {
            return true;
        }
        return super.isApprovedForAll(nftOwner, operator);
    }
    /**
     *** ---------------------------------- ***
     ***                                    ***
     ***     PUBLIC MINTING FUNCTIONS       ***
     ***                                    ***
     *** ---------------------------------- ***
     ***/
    //                       ,-.
    //                       `-'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |                       ,----------.
    //                       / \\                      |ERC721Drop|
    //                     Caller                     `----+-----'
    //                       |          purchase()         |
    //                       | ---------------------------->
    //                       |                             |
    //                       |                             |
    //          ___________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  drop has no tokens left for caller to mint?      !
    //          !_____/      |                             |               !
    //          !            |    revert Mint_SoldOut()    |               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                             |
    //                       |                             |
    //          ___________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  public sale isn't active?        |               !
    //          !_____/      |                             |               !
    //          !            |    revert Sale_Inactive()   |               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                             |
    //                       |                             |
    //          ___________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  inadequate funds sent?           |               !
    //          !_____/      |                             |               !
    //          !            | revert Purchase_WrongPrice()|               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                             |
    //                       |                             |----.
    //                       |                             |    | mint tokens
    //                       |                             |<---'
    //                       |                             |
    //                       |                             |----.
    //                       |                             |    | emit IERC721Drop.Sale()
    //                       |                             |<---'
    //                       |                             |
    //                       | return first minted token ID|
    //                       | <----------------------------
    //                     Caller                     ,----+-----.
    //                       ,-.                      |ERC721Drop|
    //                       `-'                      `----------'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |
    //                       / \\
    /**
      @dev This allows the user to purchase a edition edition
           at the given price in the contract.
     */
    function purchase(uint256 quantity)
        external
        payable
        nonReentrant
        canMintTokens(quantity)
        onlyPublicSaleActive
        returns (uint256)
    {
        uint256 salePrice = salesConfig.publicSalePrice;
        address erc20PaymentToken = salesConfig.erc20PaymentToken;
        address fundsRecipient = config.fundsRecipient;
        if (erc20PaymentToken == address(0)) {
            if (msg.value != salePrice * quantity) {
                revert Purchase_WrongPrice(salePrice * quantity);
            }
        } else {
            IERC20Upgradeable(erc20PaymentToken).transferFrom(
                msg.sender,
                fundsRecipient,
                salePrice * quantity
            );
        }
        // If max purchase per address == 0 there is no limit.
        // Any other number, the per address mint limit is that.
        if (
            salesConfig.maxSalePurchasePerAddress != 0 &&
            _numberMinted(_msgSender()) +
                quantity -
                presaleMintsByAddress[_msgSender()] >
            salesConfig.maxSalePurchasePerAddress
        ) {
            revert Purchase_TooManyForAddress();
        }
        _mintNFTs(_msgSender(), quantity);
        uint256 firstMintedTokenId = _lastMintedTokenId() - quantity;
        emit IERC721Drop.Sale({
            to: _msgSender(),
            quantity: quantity,
            pricePerToken: salePrice,
            firstPurchasedTokenId: firstMintedTokenId
        });
        return firstMintedTokenId;
    }
    /// @notice Function to mint NFTs
    /// @dev (important: Does not enforce max supply limit, enforce that limit earlier)
    /// @dev This batches in size of 8 as per recommended by ERC721A creators
    /// @param to address to mint NFTs to
    /// @param quantity number of NFTs to mint
    function _mintNFTs(address to, uint256 quantity) internal {
        do {
            uint256 toMint = quantity > MAX_MINT_BATCH_SIZE
                ? MAX_MINT_BATCH_SIZE
                : quantity;
            _mint({to: to, quantity: toMint});
            quantity -= toMint;
        } while (quantity > 0);
    }
    //                       ,-.
    //                       `-'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |                             ,----------.
    //                       / \\                            |ERC721Drop|
    //                     Caller                           `----+-----'
    //                       |         purchasePresale()         |
    //                       | ---------------------------------->
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //          _________________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  drop has no tokens left for caller to mint?            !
    //          !_____/      |                                   |               !
    //          !            |       revert Mint_SoldOut()       |               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //          _________________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  presale sale isn't active?             |               !
    //          !_____/      |                                   |               !
    //          !            |     revert Presale_Inactive()     |               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //          _________________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  merkle proof unapproved for caller?    |               !
    //          !_____/      |                                   |               !
    //          !            | revert Presale_MerkleNotApproved()|               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //          _________________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  inadequate funds sent?                 |               !
    //          !_____/      |                                   |               !
    //          !            |    revert Purchase_WrongPrice()   |               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |----.
    //                       |                                   |    | mint tokens
    //                       |                                   |<---'
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |----.
    //                       |                                   |    | emit IERC721Drop.Sale()
    //                       |                                   |<---'
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |    return first minted token ID   |
    //                       | <----------------------------------
    //                     Caller                           ,----+-----.
    //                       ,-.                            |ERC721Drop|
    //                       `-'                            `----------'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |
    //                       / \\
    /// @notice Merkle-tree based presale purchase function
    /// @param quantity quantity to purchase
    /// @param maxQuantity max quantity that can be purchased via merkle proof #
    /// @param pricePerToken price that each token is purchased at
    /// @param merkleProof proof for presale mint
    function purchasePresale(
        uint256 quantity,
        uint256 maxQuantity,
        uint256 pricePerToken,
        bytes32[] calldata merkleProof
    )
        external
        payable
        nonReentrant
        canMintTokens(quantity)
        onlyPresaleActive
        returns (uint256)
    {
        if (
            !MerkleProofUpgradeable.verify(
                merkleProof,
                salesConfig.presaleMerkleRoot,
                keccak256(
                    // address, uint256, uint256
                    abi.encode(_msgSender(), maxQuantity, pricePerToken)
                )
            )
        ) {
            revert Presale_MerkleNotApproved();
        }
        if (msg.value != pricePerToken * quantity) {
            revert Purchase_WrongPrice(pricePerToken * quantity);
        }
        presaleMintsByAddress[_msgSender()] += quantity;
        if (presaleMintsByAddress[_msgSender()] > maxQuantity) {
            revert Presale_TooManyForAddress();
        }
        _mintNFTs(_msgSender(), quantity);
        uint256 firstMintedTokenId = _lastMintedTokenId() - quantity;
        emit IERC721Drop.Sale({
            to: _msgSender(),
            quantity: quantity,
            pricePerToken: pricePerToken,
            firstPurchasedTokenId: firstMintedTokenId
        });
        return firstMintedTokenId;
    }
    /**
     *** ---------------------------------- ***
     ***                                    ***
     ***     ADMIN MINTING FUNCTIONS        ***
     ***                                    ***
     *** ---------------------------------- ***
     ***/
    //                       ,-.
    //                       `-'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |                             ,----------.
    //                       / \\                            |ERC721Drop|
    //                     Caller                           `----+-----'
    //                       |            adminMint()            |
    //                       | ---------------------------------->
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //          _________________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  caller is not admin or minter role?    |               !
    //          !_____/      |                                   |               !
    //          !            | revert Access_MissingRoleOrAdmin()|               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //          _________________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  drop has no tokens left for caller to mint?            !
    //          !_____/      |                                   |               !
    //          !            |       revert Mint_SoldOut()       |               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |----.
    //                       |                                   |    | mint tokens
    //                       |                                   |<---'
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |    return last minted token ID    |
    //                       | <----------------------------------
    //                     Caller                           ,----+-----.
    //                       ,-.                            |ERC721Drop|
    //                       `-'                            `----------'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |
    //                       / \\
    /// @notice Mint admin
    /// @param recipient recipient to mint to
    /// @param quantity quantity to mint
    function adminMint(address recipient, uint256 quantity)
        external
        onlyRoleOrAdmin(MINTER_ROLE)
        canMintTokens(quantity)
        returns (uint256)
    {
        _mintNFTs(recipient, quantity);
        return _lastMintedTokenId();
    }
    //                       ,-.
    //                       `-'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |                             ,----------.
    //                       / \\                            |ERC721Drop|
    //                     Caller                           `----+-----'
    //                       |         adminMintAirdrop()        |
    //                       | ---------------------------------->
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //          _________________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  caller is not admin or minter role?    |               !
    //          !_____/      |                                   |               !
    //          !            | revert Access_MissingRoleOrAdmin()|               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //          _________________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  drop has no tokens left for recipients to mint?        !
    //          !_____/      |                                   |               !
    //          !            |       revert Mint_SoldOut()       |               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                    _____________________________________
    //                       |                    ! LOOP  /  for all recipients        !
    //                       |                    !______/       |                     !
    //                       |                    !              |----.                !
    //                       |                    !              |    | mint tokens    !
    //                       |                    !              |<---'                !
    //                       |                    !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |    return last minted token ID    |
    //                       | <----------------------------------
    //                     Caller                           ,----+-----.
    //                       ,-.                            |ERC721Drop|
    //                       `-'                            `----------'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |
    //                       / \\
    /// @dev This mints multiple editions to the given list of addresses.
    /// @param recipients list of addresses to send the newly minted editions to
    function adminMintAirdrop(address[] calldata recipients)
        external
        override
        onlyRoleOrAdmin(MINTER_ROLE)
        canMintTokens(recipients.length)
        returns (uint256)
    {
        uint256 atId = _currentIndex;
        uint256 startAt = atId;
        unchecked {
            for (
                uint256 endAt = atId + recipients.length;
                atId < endAt;
                atId++
            ) {
                _mintNFTs(recipients[atId - startAt], 1);
            }
        }
        return _lastMintedTokenId();
    }
    /**
     *** ---------------------------------- ***
     ***                                    ***
     ***  ADMIN CONFIGURATION FUNCTIONS     ***
     ***                                    ***
     *** ---------------------------------- ***
     ***/
    //                       ,-.
    //                       `-'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |                    ,----------.
    //                       / \\                   |ERC721Drop|
    //                     Caller                  `----+-----'
    //                       |        setOwner()        |
    //                       | ------------------------->
    //                       |                          |
    //                       |                          |
    //          ________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  caller is not admin?          |               !
    //          !_____/      |                          |               !
    //          !            | revert Access_OnlyAdmin()|               !
    //          !            | <-------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                          |
    //                       |                          |----.
    //                       |                          |    | set owner
    //                       |                          |<---'
    //                     Caller                  ,----+-----.
    //                       ,-.                   |ERC721Drop|
    //                       `-'                   `----------'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |
    //                       / \\
    /// @dev Set new owner for royalties / opensea
    /// @param newOwner new owner to set
    function setOwner(address newOwner) public onlyAdmin {
        _setOwner(newOwner);
    }
    /// @notice Set a new metadata renderer
    /// @param newRenderer new renderer address to use
    /// @param setupRenderer data to setup new renderer with
    function setMetadataRenderer(
        IMetadataRenderer newRenderer,
        bytes memory setupRenderer
    ) external onlyAdmin {
        config.metadataRenderer = newRenderer;
        if (setupRenderer.length > 0) {
            newRenderer.initializeWithData(setupRenderer);
        }
        emit UpdatedMetadataRenderer({
            sender: _msgSender(),
            renderer: newRenderer
        });
    }
    //                       ,-.
    //                       `-'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |                             ,----------.
    //                       / \\                            |ERC721Drop|
    //                     Caller                           `----+-----'
    //                       |      setSalesConfiguration()      |
    //                       | ---------------------------------->
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //          _________________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  caller is not admin?                   |               !
    //          !_____/      |                                   |               !
    //          !            | revert Access_MissingRoleOrAdmin()|               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |----.
    //                       |                                   |    | set funds recipient
    //                       |                                   |<---'
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |----.
    //                       |                                   |    | emit FundsRecipientChanged()
    //                       |                                   |<---'
    //                     Caller                           ,----+-----.
    //                       ,-.                            |ERC721Drop|
    //                       `-'                            `----------'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |
    //                       / \\
    /// @dev This sets the sales configuration
    // / @param publicSalePrice New public sale price
    function setSaleConfiguration(
        address erc20PaymentToken,
        uint104 publicSalePrice,
        uint32 maxSalePurchasePerAddress,
        uint64 publicSaleStart,
        uint64 publicSaleEnd,
        uint64 presaleStart,
        uint64 presaleEnd,
        bytes32 presaleMerkleRoot
    ) external onlyRoleOrAdmin(SALES_MANAGER_ROLE) {
        salesConfig.erc20PaymentToken = erc20PaymentToken;
        salesConfig.publicSalePrice = publicSalePrice;
        salesConfig.maxSalePurchasePerAddress = maxSalePurchasePerAddress;
        salesConfig.publicSaleStart = publicSaleStart;
        salesConfig.publicSaleEnd = publicSaleEnd;
        salesConfig.presaleStart = presaleStart;
        salesConfig.presaleEnd = presaleEnd;
        salesConfig.presaleMerkleRoot = presaleMerkleRoot;
        emit SalesConfigChanged(_msgSender());
    }
    //                       ,-.
    //                       `-'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |                    ,----------.
    //                       / \\                   |ERC721Drop|
    //                     Caller                  `----+-----'
    //                       |        setOwner()        |
    //                       | ------------------------->
    //                       |                          |
    //                       |                          |
    //          ________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  caller is not admin or SALES_MANAGER_ROLE?    !
    //          !_____/      |                          |               !
    //          !            | revert Access_OnlyAdmin()|               !
    //          !            | <-------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                          |
    //                       |                          |----.
    //                       |                          |    | set sales configuration
    //                       |                          |<---'
    //                       |                          |
    //                       |                          |----.
    //                       |                          |    | emit SalesConfigChanged()
    //                       |                          |<---'
    //                     Caller                  ,----+-----.
    //                       ,-.                   |ERC721Drop|
    //                       `-'                   `----------'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |
    //                       / \\
    /// @notice Set a different funds recipient
    /// @param newRecipientAddress new funds recipient address
    function setFundsRecipient(address payable newRecipientAddress)
        external
        onlyRoleOrAdmin(SALES_MANAGER_ROLE)
    {
        // TODO(iain): funds recipient cannot be 0?
        config.fundsRecipient = newRecipientAddress;
        emit FundsRecipientChanged(newRecipientAddress, _msgSender());
    }
    //                       ,-.                  ,-.                      ,-.
    //                       `-'                  `-'                      `-'
    //                       /|\\                  /|\\                      /|\\
    //                        |                    |                        |                      ,----------.
    //                       / \\                  / \\                      / \\                     |ERC721Drop|
    //                     Caller            FeeRecipient            FundsRecipient                `----+-----'
    //                       |                    |           withdraw()   |                            |
    //                       | ------------------------------------------------------------------------->
    //                       |                    |                        |                            |
    //                       |                    |                        |                            |
    //          ________________________________________________________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  caller is not admin or manager?                  |                            |               !
    //          !_____/      |                    |                        |                            |               !
    //          !            |                    revert Access_WithdrawNotAllowed()                    |               !
    //          !            | <-------------------------------------------------------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                    |                        |                            |
    //                       |                    |                   send fee amount                   |
    //                       |                    | <----------------------------------------------------
    //                       |                    |                        |                            |
    //                       |                    |                        |                            |
    //                       |                    |                        |             ____________________________________________________________
    //                       |                    |                        |             ! ALT  /  send unsuccesful?                                 !
    //                       |                    |                        |             !_____/        |                                            !
    //                       |                    |                        |             !              |----.                                       !
    //                       |                    |                        |             !              |    | revert Withdraw_FundsSendFailure()    !
    //                       |                    |                        |             !              |<---'                                       !
    //                       |                    |                        |             !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                    |                        |             !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                    |                        |                            |
    //                       |                    |                        | send remaining funds amount|
    //                       |                    |                        | <---------------------------
    //                       |                    |                        |                            |
    //                       |                    |                        |                            |
    //                       |                    |                        |             ____________________________________________________________
    //                       |                    |                        |             ! ALT  /  send unsuccesful?                                 !
    //                       |                    |                        |             !_____/        |                                            !
    //                       |                    |                        |             !              |----.                                       !
    //                       |                    |                        |             !              |    | revert Withdraw_FundsSendFailure()    !
    //                       |                    |                        |             !              |<---'                                       !
    //                       |                    |                        |             !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                    |                        |             !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                     Caller            FeeRecipient            FundsRecipient                ,----+-----.
    //                       ,-.                  ,-.                      ,-.                     |ERC721Drop|
    //                       `-'                  `-'                      `-'                     `----------'
    //                       /|\\                  /|\\                      /|\\
    //                        |                    |                        |
    //                       / \\                  / \\                      / \\
    /// @notice This withdraws ETH from the contract to the contract owner.
    function withdraw() external nonReentrant {
        address sender = _msgSender();
        // Check if withdraw is allowed for sender
        if (
            !hasRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, sender) &&
            !hasRole(SALES_MANAGER_ROLE, sender) &&
            sender != config.fundsRecipient
        ) {
            revert Access_WithdrawNotAllowed();
        }
        uint256 funds = address(this).balance;
        // Payout recipient
        (bool successFunds, ) = config.fundsRecipient.call{
            value: funds,
            gas: FUNDS_SEND_GAS_LIMIT
        }("");
        if (!successFunds) {
            revert Withdraw_FundsSendFailure();
        }
        // Emit event for indexing
        emit FundsWithdrawn(_msgSender(), config.fundsRecipient, funds);
    }
    //                       ,-.
    //                       `-'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |                             ,----------.
    //                       / \\                            |ERC721Drop|
    //                     Caller                           `----+-----'
    //                       |       finalizeOpenEdition()       |
    //                       | ---------------------------------->
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //          _________________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  caller is not admin or SALES_MANAGER_ROLE?             !
    //          !_____/      |                                   |               !
    //          !            | revert Access_MissingRoleOrAdmin()|               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                    _______________________________________________________________________
    //                       |                    ! ALT  /  drop is not an open edition?                                 !
    //                       |                    !_____/        |                                                       !
    //                       |                    !              |----.                                                  !
    //                       |                    !              |    | revert Admin_UnableToFinalizeNotOpenEdition()    !
    //                       |                    !              |<---'                                                  !
    //                       |                    !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                    !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |----.
    //                       |                                   |    | set config edition size
    //                       |                                   |<---'
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |----.
    //                       |                                   |    | emit OpenMintFinalized()
    //                       |                                   |<---'
    //                     Caller                           ,----+-----.
    //                       ,-.                            |ERC721Drop|
    //                       `-'                            `----------'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |
    //                       / \\
    /// @notice Admin function to finalize and open edition sale
    function finalizeOpenEdition()
        external
        onlyRoleOrAdmin(SALES_MANAGER_ROLE)
    {
        if (config.editionSize != type(uint64).max) {
            revert Admin_UnableToFinalizeNotOpenEdition();
        }
        config.editionSize = uint64(_totalMinted());
        emit OpenMintFinalized(_msgSender(), config.editionSize);
    }
    /**
     *** ---------------------------------- ***
     ***                                    ***
     ***      GENERAL GETTER FUNCTIONS      ***
     ***                                    ***
     *** ---------------------------------- ***
     ***/
    /// @notice Simple override for owner interface.
    /// @return user owner address
    function owner()
        public
        view
        override(OwnableSkeleton, IERC721Drop)
        returns (address)
    {
        return super.owner();
    }
    /// @notice Contract URI Getter, proxies to metadataRenderer
    /// @return Contract URI
    function contractURI() external view returns (string memory) {
        return config.metadataRenderer.contractURI();
    }
    /// @notice Getter for metadataRenderer contract
    function metadataRenderer() external view returns (IMetadataRenderer) {
        return IMetadataRenderer(config.metadataRenderer);
    }
    /// @notice Token URI Getter, proxies to metadataRenderer
    /// @param tokenId id of token to get URI for
    /// @return Token URI
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId)
        public
        view
        override
        returns (string memory)
    {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) {
            revert IERC721AUpgradeable.URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
        }
        return config.metadataRenderer.tokenURI(tokenId);
    }
    /// @notice ERC165 supports interface
    /// @param interfaceId interface id to check if supported
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        override(
            IERC165Upgradeable,
            ERC721AUpgradeable,
            AccessControlUpgradeable
        )
        returns (bool)
    {
        return
            super.supportsInterface(interfaceId) ||
            type(IOwnable).interfaceId == interfaceId ||
            type(IERC2981Upgradeable).interfaceId == interfaceId ||
            type(IERC721Drop).interfaceId == interfaceId;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
import {IMetadataRenderer} from "../interfaces/IMetadataRenderer.sol";
/**
 ________   _____   ____    ______      ____
/\\_____  \\ /\\  __`\\/\\  _`\\ /\\  _  \\    /\\  _`\\
\\/____//'/'\\ \\ \\/\\ \\ \\ \\L\\ \\ \\ \\L\\ \\   \\ \\ \\/\\ \\  _ __   ___   _____     ____
     //'/'  \\ \\ \\ \\ \\ \\ ,  /\\ \\  __ \\   \\ \\ \\ \\ \\/\\`'__\\/ __`\\/\\ '__`\\  /',__\\
    //'/'___ \\ \\ \\_\\ \\ \\ \\\\ \\\\ \\ \\/\\ \\   \\ \\ \\_\\ \\ \\ \\//\\ \\L\\ \\ \\ \\L\\ \\/\\__, `\\
    /\\_______\\\\ \\_____\\ \\_\\ \\_\\ \\_\\ \\_\\   \\ \\____/\\ \\_\\\\ \\____/\\ \\ ,__/\\/\\____/
    \\/_______/ \\/_____/\\/_/\\/ /\\/_/\\/_/    \\/___/  \\/_/ \\/___/  \\ \\ \\/  \\/___/
                                                                 \\ \\_\\
                                                                  \\/_/
*/
/// @notice Interface for ZORA Drops contract
interface IERC721Drop {
    // Access errors
    /// @notice Only admin can access this function
    error Access_OnlyAdmin();
    /// @notice Missing the given role or admin access
    error Access_MissingRoleOrAdmin(bytes32 role);
    /// @notice Withdraw is not allowed by this user
    error Access_WithdrawNotAllowed();
    /// @notice Cannot withdraw funds due to ETH send failure.
    error Withdraw_FundsSendFailure();
    // Sale/Purchase errors
    /// @notice Sale is inactive
    error Sale_Inactive();
    /// @notice Presale is inactive
    error Presale_Inactive();
    /// @notice Presale merkle root is invalid
    error Presale_MerkleNotApproved();
    /// @notice Wrong price for purchase
    error Purchase_WrongPrice(uint256 correctPrice);
    /// @notice NFT sold out
    error Mint_SoldOut();
    /// @notice Too many purchase for address
    error Purchase_TooManyForAddress();
    /// @notice Too many presale for address
    error Presale_TooManyForAddress();
    // Admin errors
    /// @notice Royalty percentage too high
    error Setup_RoyaltyPercentageTooHigh(uint16 maxRoyaltyBPS);
    /// @notice Invalid admin upgrade address
    error Admin_InvalidUpgradeAddress(address proposedAddress);
    /// @notice Unable to finalize an edition not marked as open (size set to uint64_max_value)
    error Admin_UnableToFinalizeNotOpenEdition();
    /// @notice Event emitted for each sale
    /// @param to address sale was made to
    /// @param quantity quantity of the minted nfts
    /// @param pricePerToken price for each token
    /// @param firstPurchasedTokenId first purchased token ID (to get range add to quantity for max)
    event Sale(
        address indexed to,
        uint256 indexed quantity,
        uint256 indexed pricePerToken,
        uint256 firstPurchasedTokenId
    );
    /// @notice Sales configuration has been changed
    /// @dev To access new sales configuration, use getter function.
    /// @param changedBy Changed by user
    event SalesConfigChanged(address indexed changedBy);
    /// @notice Event emitted when the funds recipient is changed
    /// @param newAddress new address for the funds recipient
    /// @param changedBy address that the recipient is changed by
    event FundsRecipientChanged(
        address indexed newAddress,
        address indexed changedBy
    );
    /// @notice Event emitted when the funds are withdrawn from the minting contract
    /// @param withdrawnBy address that issued the withdraw
    /// @param withdrawnTo address that the funds were withdrawn to
    /// @param amount amount that was withdrawn
    event FundsWithdrawn(
        address indexed withdrawnBy,
        address indexed withdrawnTo,
        uint256 amount
    );
    /// @notice Event emitted when an open mint is finalized and further minting is closed forever on the contract.
    /// @param sender address sending close mint
    /// @param numberOfMints number of mints the contract is finalized at
    event OpenMintFinalized(address indexed sender, uint256 numberOfMints);
    /// @notice Event emitted when metadata renderer is updated.
    /// @param sender address of the updater
    /// @param renderer new metadata renderer address
    event UpdatedMetadataRenderer(address sender, IMetadataRenderer renderer);
    /// @notice General configuration for NFT Minting and bookkeeping
    struct Configuration {
        /// @dev Metadata renderer (uint160)
        IMetadataRenderer metadataRenderer;
        /// @dev Total size of edition that can be minted (uint160+64 = 224)
        uint64 editionSize;
        /// @dev Royalty amount in bps (uint224+16 = 240)
        uint16 royaltyBPS;
        /// @dev Funds recipient for sale (new slot, uint160)
        address payable fundsRecipient;
    }
    /// @notice Sales states and configuration
    /// @dev Uses 3 storage slots
    struct SalesConfiguration {
        /// @dev Public sale price (max ether value > 1000 ether with this value)
        uint104 publicSalePrice;
        /// @notice Purchase mint limit per address (if set to 0 === unlimited mints)
        /// @dev Max purchase number per txn (90+32 = 122)
        uint32 maxSalePurchasePerAddress;
        /// @dev uint64 type allows for dates into 292 billion years
        /// @notice Public sale start timestamp (136+64 = 186)
        uint64 publicSaleStart;
        /// @notice Public sale end timestamp (186+64 = 250)
        uint64 publicSaleEnd;
        /// @notice Presale start timestamp
        /// @dev new storage slot
        uint64 presaleStart;
        /// @notice Presale end timestamp
        uint64 presaleEnd;
        /// @notice Presale merkle root
        bytes32 presaleMerkleRoot;
    }
    /// @notice Sales states and configuration
    /// @dev Uses 3 storage slots
    struct ERC20SalesConfiguration {
        /// @notice Public sale price
        /// @dev max ether value > 1000 ether with this value
        uint104 publicSalePrice;
        /// @dev ERC20 Token
        address erc20PaymentToken;
        /// @notice Purchase mint limit per address (if set to 0 === unlimited mints)
        /// @dev Max purchase number per txn (90+32 = 122)
        uint32 maxSalePurchasePerAddress;
        /// @dev uint64 type allows for dates into 292 billion years
        /// @notice Public sale start timestamp (136+64 = 186)
        uint64 publicSaleStart;
        /// @notice Public sale end timestamp (186+64 = 250)
        uint64 publicSaleEnd;
        /// @notice Presale start timestamp
        /// @dev new storage slot
        uint64 presaleStart;
        /// @notice Presale end timestamp
        uint64 presaleEnd;
        /// @notice Presale merkle root
        bytes32 presaleMerkleRoot;
    }
    /// @notice Return value for sales details to use with front-ends
    struct SaleDetails {
        // Synthesized status variables for sale and presale
        bool publicSaleActive;
        bool presaleActive;
        // Price for public sale
        uint256 publicSalePrice;
        // Timed sale actions for public sale
        uint64 publicSaleStart;
        uint64 publicSaleEnd;
        // Timed sale actions for presale
        uint64 presaleStart;
        uint64 presaleEnd;
        // Merkle root (includes address, quantity, and price data for each entry)
        bytes32 presaleMerkleRoot;
        // Limit public sale to a specific number of mints per wallet
        uint256 maxSalePurchasePerAddress;
        // Information about the rest of the supply
        // Total that have been minted
        uint256 totalMinted;
        // The total supply available
        uint256 maxSupply;
    }
    /// @notice Return value for sales details to use with front-ends
    struct ERC20SaleDetails {
        /// @notice Synthesized status variables for sale
        bool publicSaleActive;
        /// @notice Synthesized status variables for presale
        bool presaleActive;
        /// @notice Price for public sale
        uint256 publicSalePrice;
        /// @notice ERC20 contract address for payment. address(0) for ETH.
        address erc20PaymentToken;
        /// @notice public sale start
        uint64 publicSaleStart;
        /// @notice public sale end
        uint64 publicSaleEnd;
        /// @notice Timed sale actions for presale start
        uint64 presaleStart;
        /// @notice Timed sale actions for presale end
        uint64 presaleEnd;
        /// @notice Merkle root (includes address, quantity, and price data for each entry)
        bytes32 presaleMerkleRoot;
        /// @notice Limit public sale to a specific number of mints per wallet
        uint256 maxSalePurchasePerAddress;
        /// @notice Total that have been minted
        uint256 totalMinted;
        /// @notice The total supply available
        uint256 maxSupply;
    }
    /// @notice Return type of specific mint counts and details per address
    struct AddressMintDetails {
        /// Number of total mints from the given address
        uint256 totalMints;
        /// Number of presale mints from the given address
        uint256 presaleMints;
        /// Number of public mints from the given address
        uint256 publicMints;
    }
    /// @notice External purchase function (payable in eth)
    /// @param quantity to purchase
    /// @return first minted token ID
    function purchase(uint256 quantity) external payable returns (uint256);
    /// @notice External purchase presale function (takes a merkle proof and matches to root) (payable in eth)
    /// @param quantity to purchase
    /// @param maxQuantity can purchase (verified by merkle root)
    /// @param pricePerToken price per token allowed (verified by merkle root)
    /// @param merkleProof input for merkle proof leaf verified by merkle root
    /// @return first minted token ID
    function purchasePresale(
        uint256 quantity,
        uint256 maxQuantity,
        uint256 pricePerToken,
        bytes32[] memory merkleProof
    ) external payable returns (uint256);
    /// @notice Function to return the global sales details for the given drop
    function saleDetails() external view returns (ERC20SaleDetails memory);
    /// @notice Function to return the specific sales details for a given address
    /// @param minter address for minter to return mint information for
    function mintedPerAddress(address minter)
        external
        view
        returns (AddressMintDetails memory);
    /// @notice This is the opensea/public owner setting that can be set by the contract admin
    function owner() external view returns (address);
    /// @notice Update the metadata renderer
    /// @param newRenderer new address for renderer
    /// @param setupRenderer data to call to bootstrap data for the new renderer (optional)
    function setMetadataRenderer(
        IMetadataRenderer newRenderer,
        bytes memory setupRenderer
    ) external;
    /// @notice This is an admin mint function to mint a quantity to a specific address
    /// @param to address to mint to
    /// @param quantity quantity to mint
    /// @return the id of the first minted NFT
    function adminMint(address to, uint256 quantity) external returns (uint256);
    /// @notice This is an admin mint function to mint a single nft each to a list of addresses
    /// @param to list of addresses to mint an NFT each to
    /// @return the id of the first minted NFT
    function adminMintAirdrop(address[] memory to) external returns (uint256);
    /// @dev Getter for admin role associated with the contract to handle metadata
    /// @return boolean if address is admin
    function isAdmin(address user) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
interface IMetadataRenderer {
    function tokenURI(uint256) external view returns (string memory);
    function contractURI() external view returns (string memory);
    function initializeWithData(bytes memory initData) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * This ownership interface matches OZ's ownable interface.
 *
 */
interface IOwnable {
    event OwnershipTransferred(
        address indexed previousOwner,
        address indexed newOwner
    );
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() external view returns (address);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
import {IERC721Drop} from "../interfaces/IERC721Drop.sol";
contract ERC721DropStorageV1 {
    /// @notice Configuration for NFT minting contract storage
    IERC721Drop.Configuration public config;
    /// @notice Sales configuration
    IERC721Drop.ERC20SalesConfiguration public salesConfig;
    /// @dev Mapping for presale mint counts by address to allow public mint limit
    mapping(address => uint256) public presaleMintsByAddress;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
/**
 * @notice This allows this contract to receive native currency funds from other contracts
 * Uses event logging for UI reasons.
 */
contract FundsReceiver {
    event FundsReceived(address indexed source, uint256 amount);
    receive() external payable {
        emit FundsReceived(msg.sender, msg.value);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
import {IOwnable} from "../interfaces/IOwnable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * This ownership interface matches OZ's ownable interface.
 */
contract OwnableSkeleton is IOwnable {
    address private _owner;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    function _setOwner(address newAddress) internal {
        emit OwnershipTransferred(_owner, newAddress);
        _owner = newAddress;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
contract Version {
  uint32 private immutable __version;
  /// @notice The version of the contract
  /// @return The version ID of this contract implementation
  function contractVersion() external view returns (uint32) {
      return __version;
  }
  constructor(uint32 version) {
    __version = version;
  }
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import './IERC721A.sol';
/**
 * @dev Interface of ERC721 token receiver.
 */
interface ERC721A__IERC721Receiver {
    function onERC721Received(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);
}
/**
 * @title ERC721A
 *
 * @dev Implementation of the [ERC721](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721)
 * Non-Fungible Token Standard, including the Metadata extension.
 * Optimized for lower gas during batch mints.
 *
 * Token IDs are minted in sequential order (e.g. 0, 1, 2, 3, ...)
 * starting from `_startTokenId()`.
 *
 * Assumptions:
 *
 * - An owner cannot have more than 2**64 - 1 (max value of uint64) of supply.
 * - The maximum token ID cannot exceed 2**256 - 1 (max value of uint256).
 */
contract ERC721A is IERC721A {
    // Bypass for a `--via-ir` bug (https://github.com/chiru-labs/ERC721A/pull/364).
    struct TokenApprovalRef {
        address value;
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                           CONSTANTS
    // =============================================================
    // Mask of an entry in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY = (1 << 64) - 1;
    // The bit position of `numberMinted` in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED = 64;
    // The bit position of `numberBurned` in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED = 128;
    // The bit position of `aux` in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_AUX = 192;
    // Mask of all 256 bits in packed address data except the 64 bits for `aux`.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_AUX_COMPLEMENT = (1 << 192) - 1;
    // The bit position of `startTimestamp` in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP = 160;
    // The bit mask of the `burned` bit in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_BURNED = 1 << 224;
    // The bit position of the `nextInitialized` bit in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED = 225;
    // The bit mask of the `nextInitialized` bit in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED = 1 << 225;
    // The bit position of `extraData` in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA = 232;
    // Mask of all 256 bits in a packed ownership except the 24 bits for `extraData`.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_EXTRA_DATA_COMPLEMENT = (1 << 232) - 1;
    // The mask of the lower 160 bits for addresses.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_ADDRESS = (1 << 160) - 1;
    // The maximum `quantity` that can be minted with {_mintERC2309}.
    // This limit is to prevent overflows on the address data entries.
    // For a limit of 5000, a total of 3.689e15 calls to {_mintERC2309}
    // is required to cause an overflow, which is unrealistic.
    uint256 private constant _MAX_MINT_ERC2309_QUANTITY_LIMIT = 5000;
    // The `Transfer` event signature is given by:
    // `keccak256(bytes("Transfer(address,address,uint256)"))`.
    bytes32 private constant _TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE =
        0xddf252ad1be2c89b69c2b068fc378daa952ba7f163c4a11628f55a4df523b3ef;
    // =============================================================
    //                            STORAGE
    // =============================================================
    // The next token ID to be minted.
    uint256 private _currentIndex;
    // The number of tokens burned.
    uint256 private _burnCounter;
    // Token name
    string private _name;
    // Token symbol
    string private _symbol;
    // Mapping from token ID to ownership details
    // An empty struct value does not necessarily mean the token is unowned.
    // See {_packedOwnershipOf} implementation for details.
    //
    // Bits Layout:
    // - [0..159]   `addr`
    // - [160..223] `startTimestamp`
    // - [224]      `burned`
    // - [225]      `nextInitialized`
    // - [232..255] `extraData`
    mapping(uint256 => uint256) private _packedOwnerships;
    // Mapping owner address to address data.
    //
    // Bits Layout:
    // - [0..63]    `balance`
    // - [64..127]  `numberMinted`
    // - [128..191] `numberBurned`
    // - [192..255] `aux`
    mapping(address => uint256) private _packedAddressData;
    // Mapping from token ID to approved address.
    mapping(uint256 => TokenApprovalRef) private _tokenApprovals;
    // Mapping from owner to operator approvals
    mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) private _operatorApprovals;
    // =============================================================
    //                          CONSTRUCTOR
    // =============================================================
    constructor(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) {
        _name = name_;
        _symbol = symbol_;
        _currentIndex = _startTokenId();
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                   TOKEN COUNTING OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the starting token ID.
     * To change the starting token ID, please override this function.
     */
    function _startTokenId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the next token ID to be minted.
     */
    function _nextTokenId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return _currentIndex;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total number of tokens in existence.
     * Burned tokens will reduce the count.
     * To get the total number of tokens minted, please see {_totalMinted}.
     */
    function totalSupply() public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        // Counter underflow is impossible as _burnCounter cannot be incremented
        // more than `_currentIndex - _startTokenId()` times.
        unchecked {
            return _currentIndex - _burnCounter - _startTokenId();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total amount of tokens minted in the contract.
     */
    function _totalMinted() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        // Counter underflow is impossible as `_currentIndex` does not decrement,
        // and it is initialized to `_startTokenId()`.
        unchecked {
            return _currentIndex - _startTokenId();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total number of tokens burned.
     */
    function _totalBurned() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return _burnCounter;
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                    ADDRESS DATA OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in `owner`'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        if (owner == address(0)) revert BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
        return _packedAddressData[owner] & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
    }
    /**
     * Returns the number of tokens minted by `owner`.
     */
    function _numberMinted(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return (_packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
    }
    /**
     * Returns the number of tokens burned by or on behalf of `owner`.
     */
    function _numberBurned(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return (_packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED) & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
    }
    /**
     * Returns the auxiliary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
     */
    function _getAux(address owner) internal view returns (uint64) {
        return uint64(_packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_AUX);
    }
    /**
     * Sets the auxiliary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
     * If there are multiple variables, please pack them into a uint64.
     */
    function _setAux(address owner, uint64 aux) internal virtual {
        uint256 packed = _packedAddressData[owner];
        uint256 auxCasted;
        // Cast `aux` with assembly to avoid redundant masking.
        assembly {
            auxCasted := aux
        }
        packed = (packed & _BITMASK_AUX_COMPLEMENT) | (auxCasted << _BITPOS_AUX);
        _packedAddressData[owner] = packed;
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                            IERC165
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * [EIP section](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified)
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        // The interface IDs are constants representing the first 4 bytes
        // of the XOR of all function selectors in the interface.
        // See: [ERC165](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165)
        // (e.g. `bytes4(i.functionA.selector ^ i.functionB.selector ^ ...)`)
        return
            interfaceId == 0x01ffc9a7 || // ERC165 interface ID for ERC165.
            interfaceId == 0x80ac58cd || // ERC165 interface ID for ERC721.
            interfaceId == 0x5b5e139f; // ERC165 interface ID for ERC721Metadata.
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                        IERC721Metadata
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
     */
    function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _name;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
     */
    function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _symbol;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
        string memory baseURI = _baseURI();
        return bytes(baseURI).length != 0 ? string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, _toString(tokenId))) : '';
    }
    /**
     * @dev Base URI for computing {tokenURI}. If set, the resulting URI for each
     * token will be the concatenation of the `baseURI` and the `tokenId`. Empty
     * by default, it can be overridden in child contracts.
     */
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
        return '';
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                     OWNERSHIPS OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        return address(uint160(_packedOwnershipOf(tokenId)));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Gas spent here starts off proportional to the maximum mint batch size.
     * It gradually moves to O(1) as tokens get transferred around over time.
     */
    function _ownershipOf(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
        return _unpackedOwnership(_packedOwnershipOf(tokenId));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the unpacked `TokenOwnership` struct at `index`.
     */
    function _ownershipAt(uint256 index) internal view virtual returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
        return _unpackedOwnership(_packedOwnerships[index]);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the ownership slot minted at `index` for efficiency purposes.
     */
    function _initializeOwnershipAt(uint256 index) internal virtual {
        if (_packedOwnerships[index] == 0) {
            _packedOwnerships[index] = _packedOwnershipOf(index);
        }
    }
    /**
     * Returns the packed ownership data of `tokenId`.
     */
    function _packedOwnershipOf(uint256 tokenId) private view returns (uint256 packed) {
        if (_startTokenId() <= tokenId) {
            packed = _packedOwnerships[tokenId];
            // If not burned.
            if (packed & _BITMASK_BURNED == 0) {
                // If the data at the starting slot does not exist, start the scan.
                if (packed == 0) {
                    if (tokenId >= _currentIndex) revert OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
                    // Invariant:
                    // There will always be an initialized ownership slot
                    // (i.e. `ownership.addr != address(0) && ownership.burned == false`)
                    // before an unintialized ownership slot
                    // (i.e. `ownership.addr == address(0) && ownership.burned == false`)
                    // Hence, `tokenId` will not underflow.
                    //
                    // We can directly compare the packed value.
                    // If the address is zero, packed will be zero.
                    for (;;) {
                        unchecked {
                            packed = _packedOwnerships[--tokenId];
                        }
                        if (packed == 0) continue;
                        return packed;
                    }
                }
                // Otherwise, the data exists and is not burned. We can skip the scan.
                // This is possible because we have already achieved the target condition.
                // This saves 2143 gas on transfers of initialized tokens.
                return packed;
            }
        }
        revert OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the unpacked `TokenOwnership` struct from `packed`.
     */
    function _unpackedOwnership(uint256 packed) private pure returns (TokenOwnership memory ownership) {
        ownership.addr = address(uint160(packed));
        ownership.startTimestamp = uint64(packed >> _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP);
        ownership.burned = packed & _BITMASK_BURNED != 0;
        ownership.extraData = uint24(packed >> _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Packs ownership data into a single uint256.
     */
    function _packOwnershipData(address owner, uint256 flags) private view returns (uint256 result) {
        assembly {
            // Mask `owner` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
            owner := and(owner, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
            // `owner | (block.timestamp << _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP) | flags`.
            result := or(owner, or(shl(_BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP, timestamp()), flags))
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the `nextInitialized` flag set if `quantity` equals 1.
     */
    function _nextInitializedFlag(uint256 quantity) private pure returns (uint256 result) {
        // For branchless setting of the `nextInitialized` flag.
        assembly {
            // `(quantity == 1) << _BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED`.
            result := shl(_BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED, eq(quantity, 1))
        }
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                      APPROVAL OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account. See {ERC721A-_approve}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) public payable virtual override {
        _approve(to, tokenId, true);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
        return _tokenApprovals[tokenId].value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom}
     * for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override {
        _operatorApprovals[_msgSenderERC721A()][operator] = approved;
        emit ApprovalForAll(_msgSenderERC721A(), operator, approved);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return _operatorApprovals[owner][operator];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `tokenId` exists.
     *
     * Tokens can be managed by their owner or approved accounts via {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Tokens start existing when they are minted. See {_mint}.
     */
    function _exists(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
        return
            _startTokenId() <= tokenId &&
            tokenId < _currentIndex && // If within bounds,
            _packedOwnerships[tokenId] & _BITMASK_BURNED == 0; // and not burned.
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `msgSender` is equal to `approvedAddress` or `owner`.
     */
    function _isSenderApprovedOrOwner(
        address approvedAddress,
        address owner,
        address msgSender
    ) private pure returns (bool result) {
        assembly {
            // Mask `owner` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
            owner := and(owner, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
            // Mask `msgSender` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
            msgSender := and(msgSender, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
            // `msgSender == owner || msgSender == approvedAddress`.
            result := or(eq(msgSender, owner), eq(msgSender, approvedAddress))
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the storage slot and value for the approved address of `tokenId`.
     */
    function _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(uint256 tokenId)
        private
        view
        returns (uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress)
    {
        TokenApprovalRef storage tokenApproval = _tokenApprovals[tokenId];
        // The following is equivalent to `approvedAddress = _tokenApprovals[tokenId].value`.
        assembly {
            approvedAddressSlot := tokenApproval.slot
            approvedAddress := sload(approvedAddressSlot)
        }
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                      TRANSFER OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token
     * by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public payable virtual override {
        uint256 prevOwnershipPacked = _packedOwnershipOf(tokenId);
        if (address(uint160(prevOwnershipPacked)) != from) revert TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
        (uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress) = _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(tokenId);
        // The nested ifs save around 20+ gas over a compound boolean condition.
        if (!_isSenderApprovedOrOwner(approvedAddress, from, _msgSenderERC721A()))
            if (!isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSenderERC721A())) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        if (to == address(0)) revert TransferToZeroAddress();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
        // Clear approvals from the previous owner.
        assembly {
            if approvedAddress {
                // This is equivalent to `delete _tokenApprovals[tokenId]`.
                sstore(approvedAddressSlot, 0)
            }
        }
        // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
        // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
        // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as `tokenId` would have to be 2**256.
        unchecked {
            // We can directly increment and decrement the balances.
            --_packedAddressData[from]; // Updates: `balance -= 1`.
            ++_packedAddressData[to]; // Updates: `balance += 1`.
            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the next owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of transfering.
            // - `burned` to `false`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `true`.
            _packedOwnerships[tokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                to,
                _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED | _nextExtraData(from, to, prevOwnershipPacked)
            );
            // If the next slot may not have been initialized (i.e. `nextInitialized == false`) .
            if (prevOwnershipPacked & _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED == 0) {
                uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
                // If the next slot's address is zero and not burned (i.e. packed value is zero).
                if (_packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] == 0) {
                    // If the next slot is within bounds.
                    if (nextTokenId != _currentIndex) {
                        // Initialize the next slot to maintain correctness for `ownerOf(tokenId + 1)`.
                        _packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] = prevOwnershipPacked;
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        emit Transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '')`.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public payable virtual override {
        safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '');
    }
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token
     * by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     * {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory _data
    ) public payable virtual override {
        transferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
        if (to.code.length != 0)
            if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(from, to, tokenId, _data)) {
                revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
            }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called before a set of serially-ordered token IDs
     * are about to be transferred. This includes minting.
     * And also called before burning one token.
     *
     * `startTokenId` - the first token ID to be transferred.
     * `quantity` - the amount to be transferred.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` will be
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` will be burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal virtual {}
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called after a set of serially-ordered token IDs
     * have been transferred. This includes minting.
     * And also called after one token has been burned.
     *
     * `startTokenId` - the first token ID to be transferred.
     * `quantity` - the amount to be transferred.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` has been
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` has been minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` has been burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _afterTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal virtual {}
    /**
     * @dev Private function to invoke {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} on a target contract.
     *
     * `from` - Previous owner of the given token ID.
     * `to` - Target address that will receive the token.
     * `tokenId` - Token ID to be transferred.
     * `_data` - Optional data to send along with the call.
     *
     * Returns whether the call correctly returned the expected magic value.
     */
    function _checkContractOnERC721Received(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory _data
    ) private returns (bool) {
        try ERC721A__IERC721Receiver(to).onERC721Received(_msgSenderERC721A(), from, tokenId, _data) returns (
            bytes4 retval
        ) {
            return retval == ERC721A__IERC721Receiver(to).onERC721Received.selector;
        } catch (bytes memory reason) {
            if (reason.length == 0) {
                revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
            } else {
                assembly {
                    revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
                }
            }
        }
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                        MINT OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event for each mint.
     */
    function _mint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {
        uint256 startTokenId = _currentIndex;
        if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
        // Overflows are incredibly unrealistic.
        // `balance` and `numberMinted` have a maximum limit of 2**64.
        // `tokenId` has a maximum limit of 2**256.
        unchecked {
            // Updates:
            // - `balance += quantity`.
            // - `numberMinted += quantity`.
            //
            // We can directly add to the `balance` and `numberMinted`.
            _packedAddressData[to] += quantity * ((1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) | 1);
            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of minting.
            // - `burned` to `false`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `quantity == 1`.
            _packedOwnerships[startTokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                to,
                _nextInitializedFlag(quantity) | _nextExtraData(address(0), to, 0)
            );
            uint256 toMasked;
            uint256 end = startTokenId + quantity;
            // Use assembly to loop and emit the `Transfer` event for gas savings.
            // The duplicated `log4` removes an extra check and reduces stack juggling.
            // The assembly, together with the surrounding Solidity code, have been
            // delicately arranged to nudge the compiler into producing optimized opcodes.
            assembly {
                // Mask `to` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
                toMasked := and(to, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
                // Emit the `Transfer` event.
                log4(
                    0, // Start of data (0, since no data).
                    0, // End of data (0, since no data).
                    _TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE, // Signature.
                    0, // `address(0)`.
                    toMasked, // `to`.
                    startTokenId // `tokenId`.
                )
                // The `iszero(eq(,))` check ensures that large values of `quantity`
                // that overflows uint256 will make the loop run out of gas.
                // The compiler will optimize the `iszero` away for performance.
                for {
                    let tokenId := add(startTokenId, 1)
                } iszero(eq(tokenId, end)) {
                    tokenId := add(tokenId, 1)
                } {
                    // Emit the `Transfer` event. Similar to above.
                    log4(0, 0, _TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE, 0, toMasked, tokenId)
                }
            }
            if (toMasked == 0) revert MintToZeroAddress();
            _currentIndex = end;
        }
        _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * This function is intended for efficient minting only during contract creation.
     *
     * It emits only one {ConsecutiveTransfer} as defined in
     * [ERC2309](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2309),
     * instead of a sequence of {Transfer} event(s).
     *
     * Calling this function outside of contract creation WILL make your contract
     * non-compliant with the ERC721 standard.
     * For full ERC721 compliance, substituting ERC721 {Transfer} event(s) with the ERC2309
     * {ConsecutiveTransfer} event is only permissible during contract creation.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * Emits a {ConsecutiveTransfer} event.
     */
    function _mintERC2309(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {
        uint256 startTokenId = _currentIndex;
        if (to == address(0)) revert MintToZeroAddress();
        if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
        if (quantity > _MAX_MINT_ERC2309_QUANTITY_LIMIT) revert MintERC2309QuantityExceedsLimit();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
        // Overflows are unrealistic due to the above check for `quantity` to be below the limit.
        unchecked {
            // Updates:
            // - `balance += quantity`.
            // - `numberMinted += quantity`.
            //
            // We can directly add to the `balance` and `numberMinted`.
            _packedAddressData[to] += quantity * ((1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) | 1);
            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of minting.
            // - `burned` to `false`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `quantity == 1`.
            _packedOwnerships[startTokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                to,
                _nextInitializedFlag(quantity) | _nextExtraData(address(0), to, 0)
            );
            emit ConsecutiveTransfer(startTokenId, startTokenId + quantity - 1, address(0), to);
            _currentIndex = startTokenId + quantity;
        }
        _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Safely mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     * {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called for each safe transfer.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * See {_mint}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event for each mint.
     */
    function _safeMint(
        address to,
        uint256 quantity,
        bytes memory _data
    ) internal virtual {
        _mint(to, quantity);
        unchecked {
            if (to.code.length != 0) {
                uint256 end = _currentIndex;
                uint256 index = end - quantity;
                do {
                    if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(address(0), to, index++, _data)) {
                        revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
                    }
                } while (index < end);
                // Reentrancy protection.
                if (_currentIndex != end) revert();
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_safeMint(to, quantity, '')`.
     */
    function _safeMint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {
        _safeMint(to, quantity, '');
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                       APPROVAL OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_approve(to, tokenId, false)`.
     */
    function _approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _approve(to, tokenId, false);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the
     * zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function _approve(
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bool approvalCheck
    ) internal virtual {
        address owner = ownerOf(tokenId);
        if (approvalCheck)
            if (_msgSenderERC721A() != owner)
                if (!isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSenderERC721A())) {
                    revert ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
                }
        _tokenApprovals[tokenId].value = to;
        emit Approval(owner, to, tokenId);
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                        BURN OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_burn(tokenId, false)`.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _burn(tokenId, false);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Destroys `tokenId`.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is burned.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId, bool approvalCheck) internal virtual {
        uint256 prevOwnershipPacked = _packedOwnershipOf(tokenId);
        address from = address(uint160(prevOwnershipPacked));
        (uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress) = _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(tokenId);
        if (approvalCheck) {
            // The nested ifs save around 20+ gas over a compound boolean condition.
            if (!_isSenderApprovedOrOwner(approvedAddress, from, _msgSenderERC721A()))
                if (!isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSenderERC721A())) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        }
        _beforeTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
        // Clear approvals from the previous owner.
        assembly {
            if approvedAddress {
                // This is equivalent to `delete _tokenApprovals[tokenId]`.
                sstore(approvedAddressSlot, 0)
            }
        }
        // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
        // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
        // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as `tokenId` would have to be 2**256.
        unchecked {
            // Updates:
            // - `balance -= 1`.
            // - `numberBurned += 1`.
            //
            // We can directly decrement the balance, and increment the number burned.
            // This is equivalent to `packed -= 1; packed += 1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED;`.
            _packedAddressData[from] += (1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED) - 1;
            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the last owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of burning.
            // - `burned` to `true`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `true`.
            _packedOwnerships[tokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                from,
                (_BITMASK_BURNED | _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED) | _nextExtraData(from, address(0), prevOwnershipPacked)
            );
            // If the next slot may not have been initialized (i.e. `nextInitialized == false`) .
            if (prevOwnershipPacked & _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED == 0) {
                uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
                // If the next slot's address is zero and not burned (i.e. packed value is zero).
                if (_packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] == 0) {
                    // If the next slot is within bounds.
                    if (nextTokenId != _currentIndex) {
                        // Initialize the next slot to maintain correctness for `ownerOf(tokenId + 1)`.
                        _packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] = prevOwnershipPacked;
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        emit Transfer(from, address(0), tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
        // Overflow not possible, as _burnCounter cannot be exceed _currentIndex times.
        unchecked {
            _burnCounter++;
        }
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                     EXTRA DATA OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Directly sets the extra data for the ownership data `index`.
     */
    function _setExtraDataAt(uint256 index, uint24 extraData) internal virtual {
        uint256 packed = _packedOwnerships[index];
        if (packed == 0) revert OwnershipNotInitializedForExtraData();
        uint256 extraDataCasted;
        // Cast `extraData` with assembly to avoid redundant masking.
        assembly {
            extraDataCasted := extraData
        }
        packed = (packed & _BITMASK_EXTRA_DATA_COMPLEMENT) | (extraDataCasted << _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA);
        _packedOwnerships[index] = packed;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Called during each token transfer to set the 24bit `extraData` field.
     * Intended to be overridden by the cosumer contract.
     *
     * `previousExtraData` - the value of `extraData` before transfer.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` will be
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` will be burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _extraData(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint24 previousExtraData
    ) internal view virtual returns (uint24) {}
    /**
     * @dev Returns the next extra data for the packed ownership data.
     * The returned result is shifted into position.
     */
    function _nextExtraData(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 prevOwnershipPacked
    ) private view returns (uint256) {
        uint24 extraData = uint24(prevOwnershipPacked >> _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA);
        return uint256(_extraData(from, to, extraData)) << _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA;
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                       OTHER OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the message sender (defaults to `msg.sender`).
     *
     * If you are writing GSN compatible contracts, you need to override this function.
     */
    function _msgSenderERC721A() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a uint256 to its ASCII string decimal representation.
     */
    function _toString(uint256 value) internal pure virtual returns (string memory str) {
        assembly {
            // The maximum value of a uint256 contains 78 digits (1 byte per digit), but
            // we allocate 0xa0 bytes to keep the free memory pointer 32-byte word aligned.
            // We will need 1 word for the trailing zeros padding, 1 word for the length,
            // and 3 words for a maximum of 78 digits. Total: 5 * 0x20 = 0xa0.
            let m := add(mload(0x40), 0xa0)
            // Update the free memory pointer to allocate.
            mstore(0x40, m)
            // Assign the `str` to the end.
            str := sub(m, 0x20)
            // Zeroize the slot after the string.
            mstore(str, 0)
            // Cache the end of the memory to calculate the length later.
            let end := str
            // We write the string from rightmost digit to leftmost digit.
            // The following is essentially a do-while loop that also handles the zero case.
            // prettier-ignore
            for { let temp := value } 1 {} {
                str := sub(str, 1)
                // Write the character to the pointer.
                // The ASCII index of the '0' character is 48.
                mstore8(str, add(48, mod(temp, 10)))
                // Keep dividing `temp` until zero.
                temp := div(temp, 10)
                // prettier-ignore
                if iszero(temp) { break }
            }
            let length := sub(end, str)
            // Move the pointer 32 bytes leftwards to make room for the length.
            str := sub(str, 0x20)
            // Store the length.
            mstore(str, length)
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
/**
 * @dev Interface of ERC721A.
 */
interface IERC721A {
    /**
     * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    error ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * Cannot query the balance for the zero address.
     */
    error BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
    /**
     * Cannot mint to the zero address.
     */
    error MintToZeroAddress();
    /**
     * The quantity of tokens minted must be more than zero.
     */
    error MintZeroQuantity();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    error TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
    /**
     * The token must be owned by `from`.
     */
    error TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
    /**
     * Cannot safely transfer to a contract that does not implement the
     * ERC721Receiver interface.
     */
    error TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
    /**
     * Cannot transfer to the zero address.
     */
    error TransferToZeroAddress();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * The `quantity` minted with ERC2309 exceeds the safety limit.
     */
    error MintERC2309QuantityExceedsLimit();
    /**
     * The `extraData` cannot be set on an unintialized ownership slot.
     */
    error OwnershipNotInitializedForExtraData();
    // =============================================================
    //                            STRUCTS
    // =============================================================
    struct TokenOwnership {
        // The address of the owner.
        address addr;
        // Stores the start time of ownership with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
        uint64 startTimestamp;
        // Whether the token has been burned.
        bool burned;
        // Arbitrary data similar to `startTimestamp` that can be set via {_extraData}.
        uint24 extraData;
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                         TOKEN COUNTERS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total number of tokens in existence.
     * Burned tokens will reduce the count.
     * To get the total number of tokens minted, please see {_totalMinted}.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
    // =============================================================
    //                            IERC165
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * [EIP section](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified)
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
    // =============================================================
    //                            IERC721
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables
     * (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in `owner`'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`,
     * checking first that contract recipients are aware of the ERC721 protocol
     * to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been allowed to move
     * this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     * {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external payable;
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '')`.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external payable;
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {safeTransferFrom}
     * whenever possible.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token
     * by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external payable;
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the
     * zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external payable;
    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom}
     * for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);
    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
    // =============================================================
    //                        IERC721Metadata
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
     */
    function name() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
     */
    function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory);
    // =============================================================
    //                           IERC2309
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when tokens in `fromTokenId` to `toTokenId`
     * (inclusive) is transferred from `from` to `to`, as defined in the
     * [ERC2309](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2309) standard.
     *
     * See {_mintERC2309} for more details.
     */
    event ConsecutiveTransfer(uint256 indexed fromTokenId, uint256 toTokenId, address indexed from, address indexed to);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (access/AccessControl.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IAccessControl.sol";
import "../utils/Context.sol";
import "../utils/Strings.sol";
import "../utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module that allows children to implement role-based access
 * control mechanisms. This is a lightweight version that doesn't allow enumerating role
 * members except through off-chain means by accessing the contract event logs. Some
 * applications may benefit from on-chain enumerability, for those cases see
 * {AccessControlEnumerable}.
 *
 * Roles are referred to by their `bytes32` identifier. These should be exposed
 * in the external API and be unique. The best way to achieve this is by
 * using `public constant` hash digests:
 *
 * ```
 * bytes32 public constant MY_ROLE = keccak256("MY_ROLE");
 * ```
 *
 * Roles can be used to represent a set of permissions. To restrict access to a
 * function call, use {hasRole}:
 *
 * ```
 * function foo() public {
 *     require(hasRole(MY_ROLE, msg.sender));
 *     ...
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Roles can be granted and revoked dynamically via the {grantRole} and
 * {revokeRole} functions. Each role has an associated admin role, and only
 * accounts that have a role's admin role can call {grantRole} and {revokeRole}.
 *
 * By default, the admin role for all roles is `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE`, which means
 * that only accounts with this role will be able to grant or revoke other
 * roles. More complex role relationships can be created by using
 * {_setRoleAdmin}.
 *
 * WARNING: The `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is also its own admin: it has permission to
 * grant and revoke this role. Extra precautions should be taken to secure
 * accounts that have been granted it.
 */
abstract contract AccessControl is Context, IAccessControl, ERC165 {
    struct RoleData {
        mapping(address => bool) members;
        bytes32 adminRole;
    }
    mapping(bytes32 => RoleData) private _roles;
    bytes32 public constant DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE = 0x00;
    /**
     * @dev Modifier that checks that an account has a specific role. Reverts
     * with a standardized message including the required role.
     *
     * The format of the revert reason is given by the following regular expression:
     *
     *  /^AccessControl: account (0x[0-9a-f]{40}) is missing role (0x[0-9a-f]{64})$/
     *
     * _Available since v4.1._
     */
    modifier onlyRole(bytes32 role) {
        _checkRole(role);
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IAccessControl).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
     */
    function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return _roles[role].members[account];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revert with a standard message if `_msgSender()` is missing `role`.
     * Overriding this function changes the behavior of the {onlyRole} modifier.
     *
     * Format of the revert message is described in {_checkRole}.
     *
     * _Available since v4.6._
     */
    function _checkRole(bytes32 role) internal view virtual {
        _checkRole(role, _msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revert with a standard message if `account` is missing `role`.
     *
     * The format of the revert reason is given by the following regular expression:
     *
     *  /^AccessControl: account (0x[0-9a-f]{40}) is missing role (0x[0-9a-f]{64})$/
     */
    function _checkRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal view virtual {
        if (!hasRole(role, account)) {
            revert(
                string(
                    abi.encodePacked(
                        "AccessControl: account ",
                        Strings.toHexString(account),
                        " is missing role ",
                        Strings.toHexString(uint256(role), 32)
                    )
                )
            );
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and
     * {revokeRole}.
     *
     * To change a role's admin, use {_setRoleAdmin}.
     */
    function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) public view virtual override returns (bytes32) {
        return _roles[role].adminRole;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleGranted} event.
     */
    function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override onlyRole(getRoleAdmin(role)) {
        _grantRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleRevoked} event.
     */
    function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override onlyRole(getRoleAdmin(role)) {
        _revokeRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.
     *
     * Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function's
     * purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges
     * if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).
     *
     * If the calling account had been revoked `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must be `account`.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleRevoked} event.
     */
    function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override {
        require(account == _msgSender(), "AccessControl: can only renounce roles for self");
        _revokeRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event. Note that unlike {grantRole}, this function doesn't perform any
     * checks on the calling account.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleGranted} event.
     *
     * [WARNING]
     * ====
     * This function should only be called from the constructor when setting
     * up the initial roles for the system.
     *
     * Using this function in any other way is effectively circumventing the admin
     * system imposed by {AccessControl}.
     * ====
     *
     * NOTE: This function is deprecated in favor of {_grantRole}.
     */
    function _setupRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        _grantRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Sets `adminRole` as ``role``'s admin role.
     *
     * Emits a {RoleAdminChanged} event.
     */
    function _setRoleAdmin(bytes32 role, bytes32 adminRole) internal virtual {
        bytes32 previousAdminRole = getRoleAdmin(role);
        _roles[role].adminRole = adminRole;
        emit RoleAdminChanged(role, previousAdminRole, adminRole);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleGranted} event.
     */
    function _grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        if (!hasRole(role, account)) {
            _roles[role].members[account] = true;
            emit RoleGranted(role, account, _msgSender());
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleRevoked} event.
     */
    function _revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        if (hasRole(role, account)) {
            _roles[role].members[account] = false;
            emit RoleRevoked(role, account, _msgSender());
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/IAccessControl.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev External interface of AccessControl declared to support ERC165 detection.
 */
interface IAccessControl {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `newAdminRole` is set as ``role``'s admin role, replacing `previousAdminRole`
     *
     * `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is the starting admin for all roles, despite
     * {RoleAdminChanged} not being emitted signaling this.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    event RoleAdminChanged(bytes32 indexed role, bytes32 indexed previousAdminRole, bytes32 indexed newAdminRole);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` is granted `role`.
     *
     * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call, an admin role
     * bearer except when using {AccessControl-_setupRole}.
     */
    event RoleGranted(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` is revoked `role`.
     *
     * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call:
     *   - if using `revokeRole`, it is the admin role bearer
     *   - if using `renounceRole`, it is the role bearer (i.e. `account`)
     */
    event RoleRevoked(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);
    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
     */
    function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) external view returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and
     * {revokeRole}.
     *
     * To change a role's admin, use {AccessControl-_setRoleAdmin}.
     */
    function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) external view returns (bytes32);
    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.
     *
     * Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function's
     * purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges
     * if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).
     *
     * If the calling account had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must be `account`.
     */
    function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (interfaces/IERC2981.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Interface for the NFT Royalty Standard.
 *
 * A standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) to enable universal
 * support for royalty payments across all NFT marketplaces and ecosystem participants.
 *
 * _Available since v4.5._
 */
interface IERC2981 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns how much royalty is owed and to whom, based on a sale price that may be denominated in any unit of
     * exchange. The royalty amount is denominated and should be paid in that same unit of exchange.
     */
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 salePrice)
        external
        view
        returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (security/ReentrancyGuard.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Contract module that helps prevent reentrant calls to a function.
 *
 * Inheriting from `ReentrancyGuard` will make the {nonReentrant} modifier
 * available, which can be applied to functions to make sure there are no nested
 * (reentrant) calls to them.
 *
 * Note that because there is a single `nonReentrant` guard, functions marked as
 * `nonReentrant` may not call one another. This can be worked around by making
 * those functions `private`, and then adding `external` `nonReentrant` entry
 * points to them.
 *
 * TIP: If you would like to learn more about reentrancy and alternative ways
 * to protect against it, check out our blog post
 * https://blog.openzeppelin.com/reentrancy-after-istanbul/[Reentrancy After Istanbul].
 */
abstract contract ReentrancyGuard {
    // Booleans are more expensive than uint256 or any type that takes up a full
    // word because each write operation emits an extra SLOAD to first read the
    // slot's contents, replace the bits taken up by the boolean, and then write
    // back. This is the compiler's defense against contract upgrades and
    // pointer aliasing, and it cannot be disabled.
    // The values being non-zero value makes deployment a bit more expensive,
    // but in exchange the refund on every call to nonReentrant will be lower in
    // amount. Since refunds are capped to a percentage of the total
    // transaction's gas, it is best to keep them low in cases like this one, to
    // increase the likelihood of the full refund coming into effect.
    uint256 private constant _NOT_ENTERED = 1;
    uint256 private constant _ENTERED = 2;
    uint256 private _status;
    constructor() {
        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Prevents a contract from calling itself, directly or indirectly.
     * Calling a `nonReentrant` function from another `nonReentrant`
     * function is not supported. It is possible to prevent this from happening
     * by making the `nonReentrant` function external, and making it call a
     * `private` function that does the actual work.
     */
    modifier nonReentrant() {
        _nonReentrantBefore();
        _;
        _nonReentrantAfter();
    }
    function _nonReentrantBefore() private {
        // On the first call to nonReentrant, _status will be _NOT_ENTERED
        require(_status != _ENTERED, "ReentrancyGuard: reentrant call");
        // Any calls to nonReentrant after this point will fail
        _status = _ENTERED;
    }
    function _nonReentrantAfter() private {
        // By storing the original value once again, a refund is triggered (see
        // https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2200)
        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the reentrancy guard is currently set to "entered", which indicates there is a
     * `nonReentrant` function in the call stack.
     */
    function _reentrancyGuardEntered() internal view returns (bool) {
        return _status == _ENTERED;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract Context {
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/Strings.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./math/Math.sol";
/**
 * @dev String operations.
 */
library Strings {
    bytes16 private constant _SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef";
    uint8 private constant _ADDRESS_LENGTH = 20;
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
     */
    function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 length = Math.log10(value) + 1;
            string memory buffer = new string(length);
            uint256 ptr;
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                ptr := add(buffer, add(32, length))
            }
            while (true) {
                ptr--;
                /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                assembly {
                    mstore8(ptr, byte(mod(value, 10), _SYMBOLS))
                }
                value /= 10;
                if (value == 0) break;
            }
            return buffer;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        unchecked {
            return toHexString(value, Math.log256(value) + 1);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
        buffer[0] = "0";
        buffer[1] = "x";
        for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
            buffer[i] = _SYMBOLS[value & 0xf];
            value >>= 4;
        }
        require(value == 0, "Strings: hex length insufficient");
        return string(buffer);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts an `address` with fixed length of 20 bytes to its not checksummed ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(address addr) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        return toHexString(uint256(uint160(addr)), _ADDRESS_LENGTH);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/cryptography/MerkleProof.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev These functions deal with verification of Merkle Tree proofs.
 *
 * The tree and the proofs can be generated using our
 * https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/merkle-tree[JavaScript library].
 * You will find a quickstart guide in the readme.
 *
 * WARNING: You should avoid using leaf values that are 64 bytes long prior to
 * hashing, or use a hash function other than keccak256 for hashing leaves.
 * This is because the concatenation of a sorted pair of internal nodes in
 * the merkle tree could be reinterpreted as a leaf value.
 * OpenZeppelin's JavaScript library generates merkle trees that are safe
 * against this attack out of the box.
 */
library MerkleProof {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if a `leaf` can be proved to be a part of a Merkle tree
     * defined by `root`. For this, a `proof` must be provided, containing
     * sibling hashes on the branch from the leaf to the root of the tree. Each
     * pair of leaves and each pair of pre-images are assumed to be sorted.
     */
    function verify(
        bytes32[] memory proof,
        bytes32 root,
        bytes32 leaf
    ) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return processProof(proof, leaf) == root;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Calldata version of {verify}
     *
     * _Available since v4.7._
     */
    function verifyCalldata(
        bytes32[] calldata proof,
        bytes32 root,
        bytes32 leaf
    ) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return processProofCalldata(proof, leaf) == root;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the rebuilt hash obtained by traversing a Merkle tree up
     * from `leaf` using `proof`. A `proof` is valid if and only if the rebuilt
     * hash matches the root of the tree. When processing the proof, the pairs
     * of leafs & pre-images are assumed to be sorted.
     *
     * _Available since v4.4._
     */
    function processProof(bytes32[] memory proof, bytes32 leaf) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        bytes32 computedHash = leaf;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < proof.length; i++) {
            computedHash = _hashPair(computedHash, proof[i]);
        }
        return computedHash;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Calldata version of {processProof}
     *
     * _Available since v4.7._
     */
    function processProofCalldata(bytes32[] calldata proof, bytes32 leaf) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        bytes32 computedHash = leaf;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < proof.length; i++) {
            computedHash = _hashPair(computedHash, proof[i]);
        }
        return computedHash;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the `leaves` can be simultaneously proven to be a part of a merkle tree defined by
     * `root`, according to `proof` and `proofFlags` as described in {processMultiProof}.
     *
     * CAUTION: Not all merkle trees admit multiproofs. See {processMultiProof} for details.
     *
     * _Available since v4.7._
     */
    function multiProofVerify(
        bytes32[] memory proof,
        bool[] memory proofFlags,
        bytes32 root,
        bytes32[] memory leaves
    ) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return processMultiProof(proof, proofFlags, leaves) == root;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Calldata version of {multiProofVerify}
     *
     * CAUTION: Not all merkle trees admit multiproofs. See {processMultiProof} for details.
     *
     * _Available since v4.7._
     */
    function multiProofVerifyCalldata(
        bytes32[] calldata proof,
        bool[] calldata proofFlags,
        bytes32 root,
        bytes32[] memory leaves
    ) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return processMultiProofCalldata(proof, proofFlags, leaves) == root;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the root of a tree reconstructed from `leaves` and sibling nodes in `proof`. The reconstruction
     * proceeds by incrementally reconstructing all inner nodes by combining a leaf/inner node with either another
     * leaf/inner node or a proof sibling node, depending on whether each `proofFlags` item is true or false
     * respectively.
     *
     * CAUTION: Not all merkle trees admit multiproofs. To use multiproofs, it is sufficient to ensure that: 1) the tree
     * is complete (but not necessarily perfect), 2) the leaves to be proven are in the opposite order they are in the
     * tree (i.e., as seen from right to left starting at the deepest layer and continuing at the next layer).
     *
     * _Available since v4.7._
     */
    function processMultiProof(
        bytes32[] memory proof,
        bool[] memory proofFlags,
        bytes32[] memory leaves
    ) internal pure returns (bytes32 merkleRoot) {
        // This function rebuild the root hash by traversing the tree up from the leaves. The root is rebuilt by
        // consuming and producing values on a queue. The queue starts with the `leaves` array, then goes onto the
        // `hashes` array. At the end of the process, the last hash in the `hashes` array should contain the root of
        // the merkle tree.
        uint256 leavesLen = leaves.length;
        uint256 totalHashes = proofFlags.length;
        // Check proof validity.
        require(leavesLen + proof.length - 1 == totalHashes, "MerkleProof: invalid multiproof");
        // The xxxPos values are "pointers" to the next value to consume in each array. All accesses are done using
        // `xxx[xxxPos++]`, which return the current value and increment the pointer, thus mimicking a queue's "pop".
        bytes32[] memory hashes = new bytes32[](totalHashes);
        uint256 leafPos = 0;
        uint256 hashPos = 0;
        uint256 proofPos = 0;
        // At each step, we compute the next hash using two values:
        // - a value from the "main queue". If not all leaves have been consumed, we get the next leaf, otherwise we
        //   get the next hash.
        // - depending on the flag, either another value for the "main queue" (merging branches) or an element from the
        //   `proof` array.
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalHashes; i++) {
            bytes32 a = leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++];
            bytes32 b = proofFlags[i] ? leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++] : proof[proofPos++];
            hashes[i] = _hashPair(a, b);
        }
        if (totalHashes > 0) {
            return hashes[totalHashes - 1];
        } else if (leavesLen > 0) {
            return leaves[0];
        } else {
            return proof[0];
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Calldata version of {processMultiProof}.
     *
     * CAUTION: Not all merkle trees admit multiproofs. See {processMultiProof} for details.
     *
     * _Available since v4.7._
     */
    function processMultiProofCalldata(
        bytes32[] calldata proof,
        bool[] calldata proofFlags,
        bytes32[] memory leaves
    ) internal pure returns (bytes32 merkleRoot) {
        // This function rebuild the root hash by traversing the tree up from the leaves. The root is rebuilt by
        // consuming and producing values on a queue. The queue starts with the `leaves` array, then goes onto the
        // `hashes` array. At the end of the process, the last hash in the `hashes` array should contain the root of
        // the merkle tree.
        uint256 leavesLen = leaves.length;
        uint256 totalHashes = proofFlags.length;
        // Check proof validity.
        require(leavesLen + proof.length - 1 == totalHashes, "MerkleProof: invalid multiproof");
        // The xxxPos values are "pointers" to the next value to consume in each array. All accesses are done using
        // `xxx[xxxPos++]`, which return the current value and increment the pointer, thus mimicking a queue's "pop".
        bytes32[] memory hashes = new bytes32[](totalHashes);
        uint256 leafPos = 0;
        uint256 hashPos = 0;
        uint256 proofPos = 0;
        // At each step, we compute the next hash using two values:
        // - a value from the "main queue". If not all leaves have been consumed, we get the next leaf, otherwise we
        //   get the next hash.
        // - depending on the flag, either another value for the "main queue" (merging branches) or an element from the
        //   `proof` array.
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalHashes; i++) {
            bytes32 a = leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++];
            bytes32 b = proofFlags[i] ? leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++] : proof[proofPos++];
            hashes[i] = _hashPair(a, b);
        }
        if (totalHashes > 0) {
            return hashes[totalHashes - 1];
        } else if (leavesLen > 0) {
            return leaves[0];
        } else {
            return proof[0];
        }
    }
    function _hashPair(bytes32 a, bytes32 b) private pure returns (bytes32) {
        return a < b ? _efficientHash(a, b) : _efficientHash(b, a);
    }
    function _efficientHash(bytes32 a, bytes32 b) private pure returns (bytes32 value) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            mstore(0x00, a)
            mstore(0x20, b)
            value := keccak256(0x00, 0x40)
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/ERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
 *
 * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
 * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
 *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
 */
abstract contract ERC165 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC165).interfaceId;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/math/Math.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Standard math utilities missing in the Solidity language.
 */
library Math {
    enum Rounding {
        Down, // Toward negative infinity
        Up, // Toward infinity
        Zero // Toward zero
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the largest of two numbers.
     */
    function max(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a > b ? a : b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the smallest of two numbers.
     */
    function min(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a < b ? a : b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the average of two numbers. The result is rounded towards
     * zero.
     */
    function average(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        // (a + b) / 2 can overflow.
        return (a & b) + (a ^ b) / 2;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the ceiling of the division of two numbers.
     *
     * This differs from standard division with `/` in that it rounds up instead
     * of rounding down.
     */
    function ceilDiv(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        // (a + b - 1) / b can overflow on addition, so we distribute.
        return a == 0 ? 0 : (a - 1) / b + 1;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Calculates floor(x * y / denominator) with full precision. Throws if result overflows a uint256 or denominator == 0
     * @dev Original credit to Remco Bloemen under MIT license (https://xn--2-umb.com/21/muldiv)
     * with further edits by Uniswap Labs also under MIT license.
     */
    function mulDiv(
        uint256 x,
        uint256 y,
        uint256 denominator
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 result) {
        unchecked {
            // 512-bit multiply [prod1 prod0] = x * y. Compute the product mod 2^256 and mod 2^256 - 1, then use
            // use the Chinese Remainder Theorem to reconstruct the 512 bit result. The result is stored in two 256
            // variables such that product = prod1 * 2^256 + prod0.
            uint256 prod0; // Least significant 256 bits of the product
            uint256 prod1; // Most significant 256 bits of the product
            assembly {
                let mm := mulmod(x, y, not(0))
                prod0 := mul(x, y)
                prod1 := sub(sub(mm, prod0), lt(mm, prod0))
            }
            // Handle non-overflow cases, 256 by 256 division.
            if (prod1 == 0) {
                return prod0 / denominator;
            }
            // Make sure the result is less than 2^256. Also prevents denominator == 0.
            require(denominator > prod1, "Math: mulDiv overflow");
            ///////////////////////////////////////////////
            // 512 by 256 division.
            ///////////////////////////////////////////////
            // Make division exact by subtracting the remainder from [prod1 prod0].
            uint256 remainder;
            assembly {
                // Compute remainder using mulmod.
                remainder := mulmod(x, y, denominator)
                // Subtract 256 bit number from 512 bit number.
                prod1 := sub(prod1, gt(remainder, prod0))
                prod0 := sub(prod0, remainder)
            }
            // Factor powers of two out of denominator and compute largest power of two divisor of denominator. Always >= 1.
            // See https://cs.stackexchange.com/q/138556/92363.
            // Does not overflow because the denominator cannot be zero at this stage in the function.
            uint256 twos = denominator & (~denominator + 1);
            assembly {
                // Divide denominator by twos.
                denominator := div(denominator, twos)
                // Divide [prod1 prod0] by twos.
                prod0 := div(prod0, twos)
                // Flip twos such that it is 2^256 / twos. If twos is zero, then it becomes one.
                twos := add(div(sub(0, twos), twos), 1)
            }
            // Shift in bits from prod1 into prod0.
            prod0 |= prod1 * twos;
            // Invert denominator mod 2^256. Now that denominator is an odd number, it has an inverse modulo 2^256 such
            // that denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^256. Compute the inverse by starting with a seed that is correct for
            // four bits. That is, denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^4.
            uint256 inverse = (3 * denominator) ^ 2;
            // Use the Newton-Raphson iteration to improve the precision. Thanks to Hensel's lifting lemma, this also works
            // in modular arithmetic, doubling the correct bits in each step.
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^8
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^16
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^32
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^64
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^128
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^256
            // Because the division is now exact we can divide by multiplying with the modular inverse of denominator.
            // This will give us the correct result modulo 2^256. Since the preconditions guarantee that the outcome is
            // less than 2^256, this is the final result. We don't need to compute the high bits of the result and prod1
            // is no longer required.
            result = prod0 * inverse;
            return result;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Calculates x * y / denominator with full precision, following the selected rounding direction.
     */
    function mulDiv(
        uint256 x,
        uint256 y,
        uint256 denominator,
        Rounding rounding
    ) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = mulDiv(x, y, denominator);
        if (rounding == Rounding.Up && mulmod(x, y, denominator) > 0) {
            result += 1;
        }
        return result;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the square root of a number. If the number is not a perfect square, the value is rounded down.
     *
     * Inspired by Henry S. Warren, Jr.'s "Hacker's Delight" (Chapter 11).
     */
    function sqrt(uint256 a) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        if (a == 0) {
            return 0;
        }
        // For our first guess, we get the biggest power of 2 which is smaller than the square root of the target.
        //
        // We know that the "msb" (most significant bit) of our target number `a` is a power of 2 such that we have
        // `msb(a) <= a < 2*msb(a)`. This value can be written `msb(a)=2**k` with `k=log2(a)`.
        //
        // This can be rewritten `2**log2(a) <= a < 2**(log2(a) + 1)`
        // → `sqrt(2**k) <= sqrt(a) < sqrt(2**(k+1))`
        // → `2**(k/2) <= sqrt(a) < 2**((k+1)/2) <= 2**(k/2 + 1)`
        //
        // Consequently, `2**(log2(a) / 2)` is a good first approximation of `sqrt(a)` with at least 1 correct bit.
        uint256 result = 1 << (log2(a) >> 1);
        // At this point `result` is an estimation with one bit of precision. We know the true value is a uint128,
        // since it is the square root of a uint256. Newton's method converges quadratically (precision doubles at
        // every iteration). We thus need at most 7 iteration to turn our partial result with one bit of precision
        // into the expected uint128 result.
        unchecked {
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            return min(result, a / result);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Calculates sqrt(a), following the selected rounding direction.
     */
    function sqrt(uint256 a, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = sqrt(a);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && result * result < a ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 2, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log2(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >> 128 > 0) {
                value >>= 128;
                result += 128;
            }
            if (value >> 64 > 0) {
                value >>= 64;
                result += 64;
            }
            if (value >> 32 > 0) {
                value >>= 32;
                result += 32;
            }
            if (value >> 16 > 0) {
                value >>= 16;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >> 8 > 0) {
                value >>= 8;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >> 4 > 0) {
                value >>= 4;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >> 2 > 0) {
                value >>= 2;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >> 1 > 0) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 2, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log2(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log2(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 1 << result < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log10(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >= 10**64) {
                value /= 10**64;
                result += 64;
            }
            if (value >= 10**32) {
                value /= 10**32;
                result += 32;
            }
            if (value >= 10**16) {
                value /= 10**16;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >= 10**8) {
                value /= 10**8;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >= 10**4) {
                value /= 10**4;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >= 10**2) {
                value /= 10**2;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >= 10**1) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log10(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log10(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 10**result < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 256, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     *
     * Adding one to the result gives the number of pairs of hex symbols needed to represent `value` as a hex string.
     */
    function log256(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >> 128 > 0) {
                value >>= 128;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >> 64 > 0) {
                value >>= 64;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >> 32 > 0) {
                value >>= 32;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >> 16 > 0) {
                value >>= 16;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >> 8 > 0) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log256(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log256(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 1 << (result << 3) < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.15;
import {AccessControl} from "lib/openzeppelin-contracts/contracts/access/AccessControl.sol";
/**
 ██████╗██████╗ ███████╗ █████╗  ██████╗ ██████╗ ███████╗
██╔════╝██╔══██╗██╔════╝██╔══██╗██╔═══██╗██╔══██╗██╔════╝
██║     ██████╔╝█████╗  ╚█████╔╝██║   ██║██████╔╝███████╗
██║     ██╔══██╗██╔══╝  ██╔══██╗██║   ██║██╔══██╗╚════██║
╚██████╗██║  ██║███████╗╚█████╔╝╚██████╔╝██║  ██║███████║
 ╚═════╝╚═╝  ╚═╝╚══════╝ ╚════╝  ╚═════╝ ╚═╝  ╚═╝╚══════╝                                                       
 */
/// @dev inspiration: https://etherscan.io/address/0x23581767a106ae21c074b2276d25e5c3e136a68b#code
contract Cre8iveAdmin is AccessControl {
    /// @notice Access control roles
    bytes32 public immutable MINTER_ROLE = keccak256("MINTER");
    bytes32 public immutable SALES_MANAGER_ROLE = keccak256("SALES_MANAGER");
    /// @notice Role of administrative users allowed to expel a CRE8OR from the Warehouse.
    /// @dev See expelFromWarehouse().
    bytes32 public constant EXPULSION_ROLE = keccak256("EXPULSION_ROLE");
    /// @notice Missing the given role or admin access
    error AdminAccess_MissingRoleOrAdmin(bytes32 role);
    constructor(address _initialOwner) {
        // Setup the owner role
        _setupRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, _initialOwner);
    }
    /////////////////////////////////////////////////
    /// MODIFIERS
    /////////////////////////////////////////////////
    /// @notice Only a given role has access or admin
    /// @param role role to check for alongside the admin role
    modifier onlyRoleOrAdmin(bytes32 role) {
        if (
            !hasRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, msg.sender) &&
            !hasRole(role, msg.sender)
        ) {
            revert AdminAccess_MissingRoleOrAdmin(role);
        }
        _;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.15;
import {ERC721A} from "lib/ERC721A/contracts/ERC721A.sol";
import {IERC721A} from "lib/ERC721A/contracts/IERC721A.sol";
import {AccessControl} from "lib/openzeppelin-contracts/contracts/access/AccessControl.sol";
import {IERC2981, IERC165} from "lib/openzeppelin-contracts/contracts/interfaces/IERC2981.sol";
import {ReentrancyGuard} from "lib/openzeppelin-contracts/contracts/security/ReentrancyGuard.sol";
import {MerkleProof} from "lib/openzeppelin-contracts/contracts/utils/cryptography/MerkleProof.sol";
import {IERC721Drop} from "./interfaces/IERC721Drop.sol";
import {IMetadataRenderer} from "./interfaces/IMetadataRenderer.sol";
import {ERC721DropStorageV1} from "./storage/ERC721DropStorageV1.sol";
import {OwnableSkeleton} from "./utils/OwnableSkeleton.sol";
import {IOwnable} from "./interfaces/IOwnable.sol";
import {Cre8iveAdmin} from "./Cre8iveAdmin.sol";
/**
 ██████╗██████╗ ███████╗ █████╗  ██████╗ ██████╗ ███████╗
██╔════╝██╔══██╗██╔════╝██╔══██╗██╔═══██╗██╔══██╗██╔════╝
██║     ██████╔╝█████╗  ╚█████╔╝██║   ██║██████╔╝███████╗
██║     ██╔══██╗██╔══╝  ██╔══██╗██║   ██║██╔══██╗╚════██║
╚██████╗██║  ██║███████╗╚█████╔╝╚██████╔╝██║  ██║███████║
 ╚═════╝╚═╝  ╚═╝╚══════╝ ╚════╝  ╚═════╝ ╚═╝  ╚═╝╚══════╝                                                       
 */
/// @dev inspiration: https://github.com/ourzora/zora-drops-contracts
contract Cre8orsCollective is
    Cre8iveAdmin,
    ERC721A,
    IERC2981,
    ReentrancyGuard,
    IERC721Drop,
    OwnableSkeleton,
    ERC721DropStorageV1
{
    /// @dev This is the max mint batch size for the optimized ERC721A mint contract
    uint256 internal constant MAX_MINT_BATCH_SIZE = 8;
    /// @dev Gas limit to send funds
    uint256 internal constant FUNDS_SEND_GAS_LIMIT = 210_000;
    constructor(
        string memory _contractName,
        string memory _contractSymbol,
        address _initialOwner,
        address payable _fundsRecipient,
        uint64 _editionSize,
        uint16 _royaltyBPS,
        SalesConfiguration memory _salesConfig,
        IMetadataRenderer _metadataRenderer
    )
        ERC721A(_contractName, _contractSymbol)
        ReentrancyGuard()
        Cre8iveAdmin(_initialOwner)
    {
        // Set ownership to original sender of contract call
        _setOwner(_initialOwner);
        // Update salesConfig
        salesConfig = _salesConfig;
        // Setup config variables
        config.editionSize = _editionSize;
        config.metadataRenderer = _metadataRenderer;
        config.royaltyBPS = _royaltyBPS;
        config.fundsRecipient = _fundsRecipient;
    }
    /// @dev Getter for admin role associated with the contract to handle metadata
    /// @return boolean if address is admin
    function isAdmin(address user) external view returns (bool) {
        return hasRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, user);
    }
    /// @notice mint function
    /// @dev This allows the user to purchase an edition
    /// @dev at the given price in the contract.
    function purchase(
        uint256 quantity
    )
        external
        payable
        nonReentrant
        canMintTokens(quantity)
        onlyPublicSaleActive
        returns (uint256)
    {
        uint256 salePrice = salesConfig.publicSalePrice;
        if (msg.value != salePrice * quantity) {
            revert Purchase_WrongPrice(salePrice * quantity);
        }
        // If max purchase per address == 0 there is no limit.
        // Any other number, the per address mint limit is that.
        if (
            salesConfig.maxSalePurchasePerAddress != 0 &&
            _numberMinted(_msgSender()) +
                quantity -
                presaleMintsByAddress[_msgSender()] >
            salesConfig.maxSalePurchasePerAddress
        ) {
            revert Purchase_TooManyForAddress();
        }
        _mintNFTs(_msgSender(), quantity);
        uint256 firstMintedTokenId = _lastMintedTokenId() - quantity;
        emit IERC721Drop.Sale({
            to: _msgSender(),
            quantity: quantity,
            pricePerToken: salePrice,
            firstPurchasedTokenId: firstMintedTokenId
        });
        return firstMintedTokenId;
    }
    /// @notice Merkle-tree based presale purchase function
    /// @param quantity quantity to purchase
    /// @param maxQuantity max quantity that can be purchased via merkle proof #
    /// @param pricePerToken price that each token is purchased at
    /// @param merkleProof proof for presale mint
    function purchasePresale(
        uint256 quantity,
        uint256 maxQuantity,
        uint256 pricePerToken,
        bytes32[] calldata merkleProof
    )
        external
        payable
        nonReentrant
        canMintTokens(quantity)
        onlyPresaleActive
        returns (uint256)
    {
        if (
            !MerkleProof.verify(
                merkleProof,
                salesConfig.presaleMerkleRoot,
                keccak256(
                    // address, uint256, uint256
                    abi.encode(msg.sender, maxQuantity, pricePerToken)
                )
            )
        ) {
            revert Presale_MerkleNotApproved();
        }
        if (msg.value != pricePerToken * quantity) {
            revert Purchase_WrongPrice(pricePerToken * quantity);
        }
        presaleMintsByAddress[_msgSender()] += quantity;
        if (presaleMintsByAddress[_msgSender()] > maxQuantity) {
            revert Presale_TooManyForAddress();
        }
        _mintNFTs(_msgSender(), quantity);
        uint256 firstMintedTokenId = _lastMintedTokenId() - quantity;
        emit IERC721Drop.Sale({
            to: _msgSender(),
            quantity: quantity,
            pricePerToken: pricePerToken,
            firstPurchasedTokenId: firstMintedTokenId
        });
        return firstMintedTokenId;
    }
    /// @notice Mint admin
    /// @param recipient recipient to mint to
    /// @param quantity quantity to mint
    function adminMint(
        address recipient,
        uint256 quantity
    )
        external
        onlyRoleOrAdmin(MINTER_ROLE)
        canMintTokens(quantity)
        returns (uint256)
    {
        _mintNFTs(recipient, quantity);
        return _lastMintedTokenId();
    }
    /// @dev This mints multiple editions to the given list of addresses.
    /// @param recipients list of addresses to send the newly minted editions to
    function adminMintAirdrop(
        address[] calldata recipients
    )
        external
        override
        onlyRoleOrAdmin(MINTER_ROLE)
        canMintTokens(recipients.length)
        returns (uint256)
    {
        uint256 atId = _nextTokenId();
        uint256 startAt = atId;
        unchecked {
            for (
                uint256 endAt = atId + recipients.length;
                atId < endAt;
                atId++
            ) {
                _mintNFTs(recipients[atId - startAt], 1);
            }
        }
        return _lastMintedTokenId();
    }
    /// @dev Get royalty information for token
    /// @param _salePrice Sale price for the token
    function royaltyInfo(
        uint256,
        uint256 _salePrice
    ) external view override returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount) {
        if (config.fundsRecipient == address(0)) {
            return (config.fundsRecipient, 0);
        }
        return (
            config.fundsRecipient,
            (_salePrice * config.royaltyBPS) / 10_000
        );
    }
    /// @notice Function to mint NFTs
    /// @dev (important: Does not enforce max supply limit, enforce that limit earlier)
    /// @dev This batches in size of 8 as per recommended by ERC721A creators
    /// @param to address to mint NFTs to
    /// @param quantity number of NFTs to mint
    function _mintNFTs(address to, uint256 quantity) internal {
        do {
            uint256 toMint = quantity > MAX_MINT_BATCH_SIZE
                ? MAX_MINT_BATCH_SIZE
                : quantity;
            _mint({to: to, quantity: toMint});
            quantity -= toMint;
        } while (quantity > 0);
    }
    /// @param tokenId Token ID to burn
    /// @notice User burn function for token id
    function burn(uint256 tokenId) public {
        _burn(tokenId, true);
    }
    /// @notice Sale details
    /// @return IERC721Drop.SaleDetails sale information details
    function saleDetails()
        external
        view
        returns (IERC721Drop.ERC20SaleDetails memory)
    {
        return
            IERC721Drop.ERC20SaleDetails({
                erc20PaymentToken: salesConfig.erc20PaymentToken,
                publicSaleActive: _publicSaleActive(),
                presaleActive: _presaleActive(),
                publicSalePrice: salesConfig.publicSalePrice,
                publicSaleStart: salesConfig.publicSaleStart,
                publicSaleEnd: salesConfig.publicSaleEnd,
                presaleStart: salesConfig.presaleStart,
                presaleEnd: salesConfig.presaleEnd,
                presaleMerkleRoot: salesConfig.presaleMerkleRoot,
                totalMinted: _totalMinted(),
                maxSupply: config.editionSize,
                maxSalePurchasePerAddress: salesConfig.maxSalePurchasePerAddress
            });
    }
    /// @dev Number of NFTs the user has minted per address
    /// @param minter to get counts for
    function mintedPerAddress(
        address minter
    ) external view override returns (IERC721Drop.AddressMintDetails memory) {
        return
            IERC721Drop.AddressMintDetails({
                presaleMints: presaleMintsByAddress[minter],
                publicMints: _numberMinted(minter) -
                    presaleMintsByAddress[minter],
                totalMints: _numberMinted(minter)
            });
    }
    /////////////////////////////////////////////////
    /// ADMIN
    /////////////////////////////////////////////////
    /// @dev Set new owner for royalties / opensea
    /// @param newOwner new owner to set
    function setOwner(address newOwner) public onlyAdmin {
        _setOwner(newOwner);
    }
    /// @notice Set a different funds recipient
    /// @param newRecipientAddress new funds recipient address
    function setFundsRecipient(
        address payable newRecipientAddress
    ) external onlyRoleOrAdmin(SALES_MANAGER_ROLE) {
        // TODO(iain): funds recipient cannot be 0?
        config.fundsRecipient = newRecipientAddress;
        emit FundsRecipientChanged(newRecipientAddress, _msgSender());
    }
    /// @dev This sets the sales configuration
    // / @param publicSalePrice New public sale price
    function setSaleConfiguration(
        address erc20PaymentToken,
        uint104 publicSalePrice,
        uint32 maxSalePurchasePerAddress,
        uint64 publicSaleStart,
        uint64 publicSaleEnd,
        uint64 presaleStart,
        uint64 presaleEnd,
        bytes32 presaleMerkleRoot
    ) external onlyAdmin onlyRoleOrAdmin(SALES_MANAGER_ROLE) {
        salesConfig.erc20PaymentToken = erc20PaymentToken;
        salesConfig.publicSalePrice = publicSalePrice;
        salesConfig.maxSalePurchasePerAddress = maxSalePurchasePerAddress;
        salesConfig.publicSaleStart = publicSaleStart;
        salesConfig.publicSaleEnd = publicSaleEnd;
        salesConfig.presaleStart = presaleStart;
        salesConfig.presaleEnd = presaleEnd;
        salesConfig.presaleMerkleRoot = presaleMerkleRoot;
        emit SalesConfigChanged(_msgSender());
    }
    /// @notice Set a new metadata renderer
    /// @param newRenderer new renderer address to use
    /// @param setupRenderer data to setup new renderer with
    function setMetadataRenderer(
        IMetadataRenderer newRenderer,
        bytes memory setupRenderer
    ) external onlyAdmin {
        config.metadataRenderer = newRenderer;
        if (setupRenderer.length > 0) {
            newRenderer.initializeWithData(setupRenderer);
        }
        emit UpdatedMetadataRenderer({
            sender: msg.sender,
            renderer: newRenderer
        });
    }
    /// @notice This withdraws ETH from the contract to the contract owner.
    function withdraw() external nonReentrant {
        address sender = _msgSender();
        // Get fee amount
        uint256 funds = address(this).balance;
        if (
            !hasRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, sender) &&
            !hasRole(SALES_MANAGER_ROLE, sender) &&
            sender != config.fundsRecipient
        ) {
            revert Access_WithdrawNotAllowed();
        }
        // Payout recipient
        (bool successFunds, ) = config.fundsRecipient.call{
            value: funds,
            gas: FUNDS_SEND_GAS_LIMIT
        }("");
        if (!successFunds) {
            revert Withdraw_FundsSendFailure();
        }
    }
    /////////////////////////////////////////////////
    /// UTILITY FUNCTIONS
    /////////////////////////////////////////////////
    /// @notice Getter for last minted token ID (gets next token id and subtracts 1)
    function _lastMintedTokenId() internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _nextTokenId() - 1;
    }
    /// @notice time between start - end
    function _publicSaleActive() internal view returns (bool) {
        return
            salesConfig.publicSaleStart <= block.timestamp &&
            salesConfig.publicSaleEnd > block.timestamp;
    }
    /// @notice time between presaleStart - presaleEnd
    function _presaleActive() internal view returns (bool) {
        return
            salesConfig.presaleStart <= block.timestamp &&
            salesConfig.presaleEnd > block.timestamp;
    }
    /////////////////////////////////////////////////
    /// MODIFIERS
    /////////////////////////////////////////////////
    /// @notice Only allow for users with admin access
    modifier onlyAdmin() {
        if (!hasRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, msg.sender)) {
            revert Access_OnlyAdmin();
        }
        _;
    }
    /// @notice Requires that msg.sender owns or is approved for the token.
    modifier onlyApprovedOrOwner(uint256 tokenId) {
        if (
            _ownershipOf(tokenId).addr != _msgSender() &&
            getApproved(tokenId) != _msgSender()
        ) {
            revert Access_MissingOwnerOrApproved();
        }
        _;
    }
    /// @notice Allows user to mint tokens at a quantity
    modifier canMintTokens(uint256 quantity) {
        if (quantity + _totalMinted() > config.editionSize) {
            revert Mint_SoldOut();
        }
        _;
    }
    /// @notice Public sale active
    modifier onlyPublicSaleActive() {
        if (!_publicSaleActive()) {
            revert Sale_Inactive();
        }
        _;
    }
    /// @notice Presale active
    modifier onlyPresaleActive() {
        if (!_presaleActive()) {
            revert Presale_Inactive();
        }
        _;
    }
    /////////////////////////////////////////////////
    /// OVERRIDES
    /////////////////////////////////////////////////
    /// @notice ERC165 supports interface
    /// @param interfaceId interface id to check if supported
    function supportsInterface(
        bytes4 interfaceId
    ) public view override(IERC165, ERC721A, AccessControl) returns (bool) {
        return
            super.supportsInterface(interfaceId) ||
            type(IOwnable).interfaceId == interfaceId ||
            type(IERC2981).interfaceId == interfaceId ||
            type(IERC721Drop).interfaceId == interfaceId;
    }
    /// @notice Simple override for owner interface.
    /// @return user owner address
    function owner()
        public
        view
        override(OwnableSkeleton, IERC721Drop)
        returns (address)
    {
        return super.owner();
    }
    /// @notice Start token ID for minting (1-100 vs 0-99)
    function _startTokenId() internal pure override returns (uint256) {
        return 1;
    }
    /// @notice Token URI Getter, proxies to metadataRenderer
    /// @param tokenId id of token to get URI for
    /// @return Token URI
    function tokenURI(
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public view override returns (string memory) {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) {
            revert IERC721A.URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
        }
        return config.metadataRenderer.tokenURI(tokenId);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.15;
import {IMetadataRenderer} from "../interfaces/IMetadataRenderer.sol";
/**
 ██████╗██████╗ ███████╗ █████╗  ██████╗ ██████╗ ███████╗
██╔════╝██╔══██╗██╔════╝██╔══██╗██╔═══██╗██╔══██╗██╔════╝
██║     ██████╔╝█████╗  ╚█████╔╝██║   ██║██████╔╝███████╗
██║     ██╔══██╗██╔══╝  ██╔══██╗██║   ██║██╔══██╗╚════██║
╚██████╗██║  ██║███████╗╚█████╔╝╚██████╔╝██║  ██║███████║
 ╚═════╝╚═╝  ╚═╝╚══════╝ ╚════╝  ╚═════╝ ╚═╝  ╚═╝╚══════╝                                                       
*/
/// @notice Interface for ZORA Drops contract
interface IERC721Drop {
    // Access errors
    /// @notice Only admin can access this function
    error Access_OnlyAdmin();
    /// @notice Missing the given role or admin access
    error Access_MissingRoleOrAdmin(bytes32 role);
    /// @notice Withdraw is not allowed by this user
    error Access_WithdrawNotAllowed();
    /// @notice Cannot withdraw funds due to ETH send failure.
    error Withdraw_FundsSendFailure();
    /// @notice Missing the owner role.
    error Access_OnlyOwner();
    /// @notice Missing the owner role or approved nft access.
    error Access_MissingOwnerOrApproved();
    // CRE8ING errors
    /// @notice Cre8ing Closed
    error Cre8ing_Cre8ingClosed();
    /// @notice Cre8ing
    error Cre8ing_Cre8ing();
    // Sale/Purchase errors
    /// @notice Sale is inactive
    error Sale_Inactive();
    /// @notice Presale is inactive
    error Presale_Inactive();
    /// @notice Presale merkle root is invalid
    error Presale_MerkleNotApproved();
    /// @notice Wrong price for purchase
    error Purchase_WrongPrice(uint256 correctPrice);
    /// @notice NFT sold out
    error Mint_SoldOut();
    /// @notice Too many purchase for address
    error Purchase_TooManyForAddress();
    /// @notice Too many presale for address
    error Presale_TooManyForAddress();
    // Admin errors
    /// @notice Royalty percentage too high
    error Setup_RoyaltyPercentageTooHigh(uint16 maxRoyaltyBPS);
    /// @notice Invalid admin upgrade address
    error Admin_InvalidUpgradeAddress(address proposedAddress);
    /// @notice Unable to finalize an edition not marked as open (size set to uint64_max_value)
    error Admin_UnableToFinalizeNotOpenEdition();
    /// @notice Event emitted for each sale
    /// @param to address sale was made to
    /// @param quantity quantity of the minted nfts
    /// @param pricePerToken price for each token
    /// @param firstPurchasedTokenId first purchased token ID (to get range add to quantity for max)
    event Sale(
        address indexed to,
        uint256 indexed quantity,
        uint256 indexed pricePerToken,
        uint256 firstPurchasedTokenId
    );
    /// @notice Sales configuration has been changed
    /// @dev To access new sales configuration, use getter function.
    /// @param changedBy Changed by user
    event SalesConfigChanged(address indexed changedBy);
    /// @notice Event emitted when the funds recipient is changed
    /// @param newAddress new address for the funds recipient
    /// @param changedBy address that the recipient is changed by
    event FundsRecipientChanged(
        address indexed newAddress,
        address indexed changedBy
    );
    /// @notice Event emitted when the funds are withdrawn from the minting contract
    /// @param withdrawnBy address that issued the withdraw
    /// @param withdrawnTo address that the funds were withdrawn to
    /// @param amount amount that was withdrawn
    event FundsWithdrawn(
        address indexed withdrawnBy,
        address indexed withdrawnTo,
        uint256 amount
    );
    /// @notice Event emitted when an open mint is finalized and further minting is closed forever on the contract.
    /// @param sender address sending close mint
    /// @param numberOfMints number of mints the contract is finalized at
    event OpenMintFinalized(address indexed sender, uint256 numberOfMints);
    /// @notice Event emitted when metadata renderer is updated.
    /// @param sender address of the updater
    /// @param renderer new metadata renderer address
    event UpdatedMetadataRenderer(address sender, IMetadataRenderer renderer);
    /// @notice General configuration for NFT Minting and bookkeeping
    struct Configuration {
        /// @dev Metadata renderer (uint160)
        IMetadataRenderer metadataRenderer;
        /// @dev Total size of edition that can be minted (uint160+64 = 224)
        uint64 editionSize;
        /// @dev Royalty amount in bps (uint224+16 = 240)
        uint16 royaltyBPS;
        /// @dev Funds recipient for sale (new slot, uint160)
        address payable fundsRecipient;
    }
    /// @notice Sales states and configuration
    /// @dev Uses 3 storage slots
    struct SalesConfiguration {
        /// @dev Public sale price (max ether value > 1000 ether with this value)
        uint104 publicSalePrice;
        /// @dev ERC20 Token
        address erc20PaymentToken;
        /// @notice Purchase mint limit per address (if set to 0 === unlimited mints)
        /// @dev Max purchase number per txn (90+32 = 122)
        uint32 maxSalePurchasePerAddress;
        /// @dev uint64 type allows for dates into 292 billion years
        /// @notice Public sale start timestamp (136+64 = 186)
        uint64 publicSaleStart;
        /// @notice Public sale end timestamp (186+64 = 250)
        uint64 publicSaleEnd;
        /// @notice Presale start timestamp
        /// @dev new storage slot
        uint64 presaleStart;
        /// @notice Presale end timestamp
        uint64 presaleEnd;
        /// @notice Presale merkle root
        bytes32 presaleMerkleRoot;
    }
    /// @notice CRE8ORS - General configuration for Builder Rewards burn requirements
    struct BurnConfiguration {
        /// @dev Token to burn
        address burnToken;
        /// @dev Required number of tokens to burn
        uint256 burnQuantity;
    }
    /// @notice Sales states and configuration
    /// @dev Uses 3 storage slots
    struct ERC20SalesConfiguration {
        /// @notice Public sale price
        /// @dev max ether value > 1000 ether with this value
        uint104 publicSalePrice;
        /// @dev ERC20 Token
        address erc20PaymentToken;
        /// @notice Purchase mint limit per address (if set to 0 === unlimited mints)
        /// @dev Max purchase number per txn (90+32 = 122)
        uint32 maxSalePurchasePerAddress;
        /// @dev uint64 type allows for dates into 292 billion years
        /// @notice Public sale start timestamp (136+64 = 186)
        uint64 publicSaleStart;
        /// @notice Public sale end timestamp (186+64 = 250)
        uint64 publicSaleEnd;
        /// @notice Presale start timestamp
        /// @dev new storage slot
        uint64 presaleStart;
        /// @notice Presale end timestamp
        uint64 presaleEnd;
        /// @notice Presale merkle root
        bytes32 presaleMerkleRoot;
    }
    /// @notice Return value for sales details to use with front-ends
    struct SaleDetails {
        // Synthesized status variables for sale and presale
        bool publicSaleActive;
        bool presaleActive;
        // Price for public sale
        uint256 publicSalePrice;
        // Timed sale actions for public sale
        uint64 publicSaleStart;
        uint64 publicSaleEnd;
        // Timed sale actions for presale
        uint64 presaleStart;
        uint64 presaleEnd;
        // Merkle root (includes address, quantity, and price data for each entry)
        bytes32 presaleMerkleRoot;
        // Limit public sale to a specific number of mints per wallet
        uint256 maxSalePurchasePerAddress;
        // Information about the rest of the supply
        // Total that have been minted
        uint256 totalMinted;
        // The total supply available
        uint256 maxSupply;
    }
    /// @notice Return value for sales details to use with front-ends
    struct ERC20SaleDetails {
        /// @notice Synthesized status variables for sale
        bool publicSaleActive;
        /// @notice Synthesized status variables for presale
        bool presaleActive;
        /// @notice Price for public sale
        uint256 publicSalePrice;
        /// @notice ERC20 contract address for payment. address(0) for ETH.
        address erc20PaymentToken;
        /// @notice public sale start
        uint64 publicSaleStart;
        /// @notice public sale end
        uint64 publicSaleEnd;
        /// @notice Timed sale actions for presale start
        uint64 presaleStart;
        /// @notice Timed sale actions for presale end
        uint64 presaleEnd;
        /// @notice Merkle root (includes address, quantity, and price data for each entry)
        bytes32 presaleMerkleRoot;
        /// @notice Limit public sale to a specific number of mints per wallet
        uint256 maxSalePurchasePerAddress;
        /// @notice Total that have been minted
        uint256 totalMinted;
        /// @notice The total supply available
        uint256 maxSupply;
    }
    /// @notice Return type of specific mint counts and details per address
    struct AddressMintDetails {
        /// Number of total mints from the given address
        uint256 totalMints;
        /// Number of presale mints from the given address
        uint256 presaleMints;
        /// Number of public mints from the given address
        uint256 publicMints;
    }
    /// @notice External purchase function (payable in eth)
    /// @param quantity to purchase
    /// @return first minted token ID
    function purchase(uint256 quantity) external payable returns (uint256);
    /// @notice External purchase presale function (takes a merkle proof and matches to root) (payable in eth)
    /// @param quantity to purchase
    /// @param maxQuantity can purchase (verified by merkle root)
    /// @param pricePerToken price per token allowed (verified by merkle root)
    /// @param merkleProof input for merkle proof leaf verified by merkle root
    /// @return first minted token ID
    function purchasePresale(
        uint256 quantity,
        uint256 maxQuantity,
        uint256 pricePerToken,
        bytes32[] memory merkleProof
    ) external payable returns (uint256);
    /// @notice Function to return the global sales details for the given drop
    function saleDetails() external view returns (ERC20SaleDetails memory);
    /// @notice Function to return the specific sales details for a given address
    /// @param minter address for minter to return mint information for
    function mintedPerAddress(
        address minter
    ) external view returns (AddressMintDetails memory);
    /// @notice This is the opensea/public owner setting that can be set by the contract admin
    function owner() external view returns (address);
    /// @notice Update the metadata renderer
    /// @param newRenderer new address for renderer
    /// @param setupRenderer data to call to bootstrap data for the new renderer (optional)
    function setMetadataRenderer(
        IMetadataRenderer newRenderer,
        bytes memory setupRenderer
    ) external;
    /// @notice This is an admin mint function to mint a quantity to a specific address
    /// @param to address to mint to
    /// @param quantity quantity to mint
    /// @return the id of the first minted NFT
    function adminMint(address to, uint256 quantity) external returns (uint256);
    /// @notice This is an admin mint function to mint a single nft each to a list of addresses
    /// @param to list of addresses to mint an NFT each to
    /// @return the id of the first minted NFT
    function adminMintAirdrop(address[] memory to) external returns (uint256);
    /// @dev Getter for admin role associated with the contract to handle metadata
    /// @return boolean if address is admin
    function isAdmin(address user) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.15;
/**
 ██████╗██████╗ ███████╗ █████╗  ██████╗ ██████╗ ███████╗
██╔════╝██╔══██╗██╔════╝██╔══██╗██╔═══██╗██╔══██╗██╔════╝
██║     ██████╔╝█████╗  ╚█████╔╝██║   ██║██████╔╝███████╗
██║     ██╔══██╗██╔══╝  ██╔══██╗██║   ██║██╔══██╗╚════██║
╚██████╗██║  ██║███████╗╚█████╔╝╚██████╔╝██║  ██║███████║
 ╚═════╝╚═╝  ╚═╝╚══════╝ ╚════╝  ╚═════╝ ╚═╝  ╚═╝╚══════╝                                                     
 */
/// @dev credit: https://github.com/ourzora/zora-drops-contracts
interface IMetadataRenderer {
    function tokenURI(uint256) external view returns (string memory);
    function contractURI() external view returns (string memory);
    function initializeWithData(bytes memory initData) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.15;
/**
 ██████╗██████╗ ███████╗ █████╗  ██████╗ ██████╗ ███████╗
██╔════╝██╔══██╗██╔════╝██╔══██╗██╔═══██╗██╔══██╗██╔════╝
██║     ██████╔╝█████╗  ╚█████╔╝██║   ██║██████╔╝███████╗
██║     ██╔══██╗██╔══╝  ██╔══██╗██║   ██║██╔══██╗╚════██║
╚██████╗██║  ██║███████╗╚█████╔╝╚██████╔╝██║  ██║███████║
 ╚═════╝╚═╝  ╚═╝╚══════╝ ╚════╝  ╚═════╝ ╚═╝  ╚═╝╚══════╝                                                     
 */
/// @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
/// @dev there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
/// @dev specific functions.
/// @dev This ownership interface matches OZ's ownable interface.
/// @dev credit: https://github.com/ourzora/zora-drops-contracts
interface IOwnable {
    event OwnershipTransferred(
        address indexed previousOwner,
        address indexed newOwner
    );
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() external view returns (address);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.15;
import {IERC721Drop} from "../interfaces/IERC721Drop.sol";
/**
 ██████╗██████╗ ███████╗ █████╗  ██████╗ ██████╗ ███████╗
██╔════╝██╔══██╗██╔════╝██╔══██╗██╔═══██╗██╔══██╗██╔════╝
██║     ██████╔╝█████╗  ╚█████╔╝██║   ██║██████╔╝███████╗
██║     ██╔══██╗██╔══╝  ██╔══██╗██║   ██║██╔══██╗╚════██║
╚██████╗██║  ██║███████╗╚█████╔╝╚██████╔╝██║  ██║███████║
 ╚═════╝╚═╝  ╚═╝╚══════╝ ╚════╝  ╚═════╝ ╚═╝  ╚═╝╚══════╝                                                     
 */
/// @dev origin: https://github.com/ourzora/zora-drops-contracts
contract ERC721DropStorageV1 {
    /// @notice Configuration for NFT minting contract storage
    IERC721Drop.Configuration public config;
    /// @notice Sales configuration
    IERC721Drop.SalesConfiguration public salesConfig;
    /// @notice Burn configuration
    IERC721Drop.BurnConfiguration public burnConfig;
    /// @dev Mapping for presale mint counts by address to allow public mint limit
    mapping(address => uint256) public presaleMintsByAddress;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.15;
import {IOwnable} from "../interfaces/IOwnable.sol";
/**
 ██████╗██████╗ ███████╗ █████╗  ██████╗ ██████╗ ███████╗
██╔════╝██╔══██╗██╔════╝██╔══██╗██╔═══██╗██╔══██╗██╔════╝
██║     ██████╔╝█████╗  ╚█████╔╝██║   ██║██████╔╝███████╗
██║     ██╔══██╗██╔══╝  ██╔══██╗██║   ██║██╔══██╗╚════██║
╚██████╗██║  ██║███████╗╚█████╔╝╚██████╔╝██║  ██║███████║
 ╚═════╝╚═╝  ╚═╝╚══════╝ ╚════╝  ╚═════╝ ╚═╝  ╚═╝╚══════╝                                                     
 */
/// @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
/// @dev there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
/// @dev specific functions.
/// @dev This ownership interface matches OZ's ownable interface.
/// @dev credit: https://github.com/ourzora/zora-drops-contracts
contract OwnableSkeleton is IOwnable {
    address private _owner;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    function _setOwner(address newAddress) internal {
        emit OwnershipTransferred(_owner, newAddress);
        _owner = newAddress;
    }
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import "./IERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC721/IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/StringsUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/introspection/ERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721[ERC721] Non-Fungible Token Standard, including
 * the Metadata extension. Built to optimize for lower gas during batch mints.
 *
 * Assumes serials are sequentially minted starting at _startTokenId() (defaults to 0, e.g. 0, 1, 2, 3..).
 *
 * Assumes that an owner cannot have more than 2**64 - 1 (max value of uint64) of supply.
 *
 * Assumes that the maximum token id cannot exceed 2**256 - 1 (max value of uint256).
 */
contract ERC721AUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable, ERC165Upgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable {
    using AddressUpgradeable for address;
    using StringsUpgradeable for uint256;
    // The tokenId of the next token to be minted.
    uint256 internal _currentIndex;
    // The number of tokens burned.
    uint256 internal _burnCounter;
    // Token name
    string private _name;
    // Token symbol
    string private _symbol;
    // Mapping from token ID to ownership details
    // An empty struct value does not necessarily mean the token is unowned. See _ownershipOf implementation for details.
    mapping(uint256 => TokenOwnership) internal _ownerships;
    // Mapping owner address to address data
    mapping(address => AddressData) private _addressData;
    // Mapping from token ID to approved address
    mapping(uint256 => address) private _tokenApprovals;
    // Mapping from owner to operator approvals
    mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) private _operatorApprovals;
    function __ERC721A_init(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializing {
        __ERC721A_init_unchained(name_, symbol_);
    }
    function __ERC721A_init_unchained(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializing {
        _name = name_;
        _symbol = symbol_;
        _currentIndex = _startTokenId();
    }
    /**
     * To change the starting tokenId, please override this function.
     */
    function _startTokenId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Burned tokens are calculated here, use _totalMinted() if you want to count just minted tokens.
     */
    function totalSupply() public view override returns (uint256) {
        // Counter underflow is impossible as _burnCounter cannot be incremented
        // more than _currentIndex - _startTokenId() times
        unchecked {
            return _currentIndex - _burnCounter - _startTokenId();
        }
    }
    /**
     * Returns the total amount of tokens minted in the contract.
     */
    function _totalMinted() internal view returns (uint256) {
        // Counter underflow is impossible as _currentIndex does not decrement,
        // and it is initialized to _startTokenId()
        unchecked {
            return _currentIndex - _startTokenId();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(ERC165Upgradeable, IERC165Upgradeable) returns (bool) {
        return
            interfaceId == type(IERC721Upgradeable).interfaceId ||
            interfaceId == type(IERC721MetadataUpgradeable).interfaceId ||
            super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-balanceOf}.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) public view override returns (uint256) {
        if (owner == address(0)) revert BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
        return uint256(_addressData[owner].balance);
    }
    /**
     * Returns the number of tokens minted by `owner`.
     */
    function _numberMinted(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(_addressData[owner].numberMinted);
    }
    /**
     * Returns the number of tokens burned by or on behalf of `owner`.
     */
    function _numberBurned(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(_addressData[owner].numberBurned);
    }
    /**
     * Returns the auxillary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
     */
    function _getAux(address owner) internal view returns (uint64) {
        return _addressData[owner].aux;
    }
    /**
     * Sets the auxillary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
     * If there are multiple variables, please pack them into a uint64.
     */
    function _setAux(address owner, uint64 aux) internal {
        _addressData[owner].aux = aux;
    }
    /**
     * Gas spent here starts off proportional to the maximum mint batch size.
     * It gradually moves to O(1) as tokens get transferred around in the collection over time.
     */
    function _ownershipOf(uint256 tokenId) internal view returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
        uint256 curr = tokenId;
        unchecked {
            if (_startTokenId() <= curr && curr < _currentIndex) {
                TokenOwnership memory ownership = _ownerships[curr];
                if (!ownership.burned) {
                    if (ownership.addr != address(0)) {
                        return ownership;
                    }
                    // Invariant:
                    // There will always be an ownership that has an address and is not burned
                    // before an ownership that does not have an address and is not burned.
                    // Hence, curr will not underflow.
                    while (true) {
                        curr--;
                        ownership = _ownerships[curr];
                        if (ownership.addr != address(0)) {
                            return ownership;
                        }
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        revert OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-ownerOf}.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) public view override returns (address) {
        return _ownershipOf(tokenId).addr;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-name}.
     */
    function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _name;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-symbol}.
     */
    function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _symbol;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-tokenURI}.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
        string memory baseURI = _baseURI();
        return bytes(baseURI).length != 0 ? string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, tokenId.toString())) : '';
    }
    /**
     * @dev Base URI for computing {tokenURI}. If set, the resulting URI for each
     * token will be the concatenation of the `baseURI` and the `tokenId`. Empty
     * by default, can be overriden in child contracts.
     */
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
        return '';
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-approve}.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) public override {
        address owner = ERC721AUpgradeable.ownerOf(tokenId);
        if (to == owner) revert ApprovalToCurrentOwner();
        if (_msgSender() != owner && !isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSender())) {
            revert ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        }
        _approve(to, tokenId, owner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-getApproved}.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) public view override returns (address) {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
        return _tokenApprovals[tokenId];
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override {
        if (operator == _msgSender()) revert ApproveToCaller();
        _operatorApprovals[_msgSender()][operator] = approved;
        emit ApprovalForAll(_msgSender(), operator, approved);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-isApprovedForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return _operatorApprovals[owner][operator];
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-transferFrom}.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public virtual override {
        _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public virtual override {
        safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '');
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory _data
    ) public virtual override {
        _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        if (to.isContract() && !_checkContractOnERC721Received(from, to, tokenId, _data)) {
            revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `tokenId` exists.
     *
     * Tokens can be managed by their owner or approved accounts via {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Tokens start existing when they are minted (`_mint`),
     */
    function _exists(uint256 tokenId) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _startTokenId() <= tokenId && tokenId < _currentIndex && !_ownerships[tokenId].burned;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_safeMint(to, quantity, '')`.
     */
    function _safeMint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal {
        _safeMint(to, quantity, '');
    }
    /**
     * @dev Safely mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     *   {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called for each safe transfer.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _safeMint(
        address to,
        uint256 quantity,
        bytes memory _data
    ) internal {
        uint256 startTokenId = _currentIndex;
        if (to == address(0)) revert MintToZeroAddress();
        if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
        // Overflows are incredibly unrealistic.
        // balance or numberMinted overflow if current value of either + quantity > 1.8e19 (2**64) - 1
        // updatedIndex overflows if _currentIndex + quantity > 1.2e77 (2**256) - 1
        unchecked {
            _addressData[to].balance += uint64(quantity);
            _addressData[to].numberMinted += uint64(quantity);
            _ownerships[startTokenId].addr = to;
            _ownerships[startTokenId].startTimestamp = uint64(block.timestamp);
            uint256 updatedIndex = startTokenId;
            uint256 end = updatedIndex + quantity;
            if (to.isContract()) {
                do {
                    emit Transfer(address(0), to, updatedIndex);
                    if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(address(0), to, updatedIndex++, _data)) {
                        revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
                    }
                } while (updatedIndex != end);
                // Reentrancy protection
                if (_currentIndex != startTokenId) revert();
            } else {
                do {
                    emit Transfer(address(0), to, updatedIndex++);
                } while (updatedIndex != end);
            }
            _currentIndex = updatedIndex;
        }
        _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _mint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal {
        uint256 startTokenId = _currentIndex;
        if (to == address(0)) revert MintToZeroAddress();
        if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
        // Overflows are incredibly unrealistic.
        // balance or numberMinted overflow if current value of either + quantity > 1.8e19 (2**64) - 1
        // updatedIndex overflows if _currentIndex + quantity > 1.2e77 (2**256) - 1
        unchecked {
            _addressData[to].balance += uint64(quantity);
            _addressData[to].numberMinted += uint64(quantity);
            _ownerships[startTokenId].addr = to;
            _ownerships[startTokenId].startTimestamp = uint64(block.timestamp);
            uint256 updatedIndex = startTokenId;
            uint256 end = updatedIndex + quantity;
            do {
                emit Transfer(address(0), to, updatedIndex++);
            } while (updatedIndex != end);
            _currentIndex = updatedIndex;
        }
        _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _transfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) private {
        TokenOwnership memory prevOwnership = _ownershipOf(tokenId);
        if (prevOwnership.addr != from) revert TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
        bool isApprovedOrOwner = (_msgSender() == from ||
            isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSender()) ||
            getApproved(tokenId) == _msgSender());
        if (!isApprovedOrOwner) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        if (to == address(0)) revert TransferToZeroAddress();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
        // Clear approvals from the previous owner
        _approve(address(0), tokenId, from);
        // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
        // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
        // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as tokenId would have to be 2**256.
        unchecked {
            _addressData[from].balance -= 1;
            _addressData[to].balance += 1;
            TokenOwnership storage currSlot = _ownerships[tokenId];
            currSlot.addr = to;
            currSlot.startTimestamp = uint64(block.timestamp);
            // If the ownership slot of tokenId+1 is not explicitly set, that means the transfer initiator owns it.
            // Set the slot of tokenId+1 explicitly in storage to maintain correctness for ownerOf(tokenId+1) calls.
            uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
            TokenOwnership storage nextSlot = _ownerships[nextTokenId];
            if (nextSlot.addr == address(0)) {
                // This will suffice for checking _exists(nextTokenId),
                // as a burned slot cannot contain the zero address.
                if (nextTokenId != _currentIndex) {
                    nextSlot.addr = from;
                    nextSlot.startTimestamp = prevOwnership.startTimestamp;
                }
            }
        }
        emit Transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_burn(tokenId, false)`.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _burn(tokenId, false);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Destroys `tokenId`.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is burned.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId, bool approvalCheck) internal virtual {
        TokenOwnership memory prevOwnership = _ownershipOf(tokenId);
        address from = prevOwnership.addr;
        if (approvalCheck) {
            bool isApprovedOrOwner = (_msgSender() == from ||
                isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSender()) ||
                getApproved(tokenId) == _msgSender());
            if (!isApprovedOrOwner) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        }
        _beforeTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
        // Clear approvals from the previous owner
        _approve(address(0), tokenId, from);
        // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
        // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
        // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as tokenId would have to be 2**256.
        unchecked {
            AddressData storage addressData = _addressData[from];
            addressData.balance -= 1;
            addressData.numberBurned += 1;
            // Keep track of who burned the token, and the timestamp of burning.
            TokenOwnership storage currSlot = _ownerships[tokenId];
            currSlot.addr = from;
            currSlot.startTimestamp = uint64(block.timestamp);
            currSlot.burned = true;
            // If the ownership slot of tokenId+1 is not explicitly set, that means the burn initiator owns it.
            // Set the slot of tokenId+1 explicitly in storage to maintain correctness for ownerOf(tokenId+1) calls.
            uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
            TokenOwnership storage nextSlot = _ownerships[nextTokenId];
            if (nextSlot.addr == address(0)) {
                // This will suffice for checking _exists(nextTokenId),
                // as a burned slot cannot contain the zero address.
                if (nextTokenId != _currentIndex) {
                    nextSlot.addr = from;
                    nextSlot.startTimestamp = prevOwnership.startTimestamp;
                }
            }
        }
        emit Transfer(from, address(0), tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
        // Overflow not possible, as _burnCounter cannot be exceed _currentIndex times.
        unchecked {
            _burnCounter++;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Approve `to` to operate on `tokenId`
     *
     * Emits a {Approval} event.
     */
    function _approve(
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        address owner
    ) private {
        _tokenApprovals[tokenId] = to;
        emit Approval(owner, to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to invoke {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} on a target contract.
     *
     * @param from address representing the previous owner of the given token ID
     * @param to target address that will receive the tokens
     * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be transferred
     * @param _data bytes optional data to send along with the call
     * @return bool whether the call correctly returned the expected magic value
     */
    function _checkContractOnERC721Received(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory _data
    ) private returns (bool) {
        try IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable(to).onERC721Received(_msgSender(), from, tokenId, _data) returns (bytes4 retval) {
            return retval == IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable(to).onERC721Received.selector;
        } catch (bytes memory reason) {
            if (reason.length == 0) {
                revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
            } else {
                assembly {
                    revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
                }
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called before a set of serially-ordered token ids are about to be transferred. This includes minting.
     * And also called before burning one token.
     *
     * startTokenId - the first token id to be transferred
     * quantity - the amount to be transferred
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` will be
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` will be burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal virtual {}
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called after a set of serially-ordered token ids have been transferred. This includes
     * minting.
     * And also called after one token has been burned.
     *
     * startTokenId - the first token id to be transferred
     * quantity - the amount to be transferred
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` has been
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` has been minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` has been burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _afterTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal virtual {}
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[42] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC721/IERC721Upgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721MetadataUpgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Interface of an ERC721A compliant contract.
 */
interface IERC721AUpgradeable is IERC721Upgradeable, IERC721MetadataUpgradeable {
    /**
     * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    error ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * The caller cannot approve to their own address.
     */
    error ApproveToCaller();
    /**
     * The caller cannot approve to the current owner.
     */
    error ApprovalToCurrentOwner();
    /**
     * Cannot query the balance for the zero address.
     */
    error BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
    /**
     * Cannot mint to the zero address.
     */
    error MintToZeroAddress();
    /**
     * The quantity of tokens minted must be more than zero.
     */
    error MintZeroQuantity();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    error TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
    /**
     * The token must be owned by `from`.
     */
    error TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
    /**
     * Cannot safely transfer to a contract that does not implement the ERC721Receiver interface.
     */
    error TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
    /**
     * Cannot transfer to the zero address.
     */
    error TransferToZeroAddress();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
    // Compiler will pack this into a single 256bit word.
    struct TokenOwnership {
        // The address of the owner.
        address addr;
        // Keeps track of the start time of ownership with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
        uint64 startTimestamp;
        // Whether the token has been burned.
        bool burned;
    }
    // Compiler will pack this into a single 256bit word.
    struct AddressData {
        // Realistically, 2**64-1 is more than enough.
        uint64 balance;
        // Keeps track of mint count with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
        uint64 numberMinted;
        // Keeps track of burn count with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
        uint64 numberBurned;
        // For miscellaneous variable(s) pertaining to the address
        // (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
        // If there are multiple variables, please pack them into a uint64.
        uint64 aux;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total amount of tokens stored by the contract.
     * @dev Burned tokens are calculated here, use _totalMinted() if you want to count just minted tokens.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (access/AccessControl.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IAccessControlUpgradeable.sol";
import "../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "../utils/StringsUpgradeable.sol";
import "../utils/introspection/ERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module that allows children to implement role-based access
 * control mechanisms. This is a lightweight version that doesn't allow enumerating role
 * members except through off-chain means by accessing the contract event logs. Some
 * applications may benefit from on-chain enumerability, for those cases see
 * {AccessControlEnumerable}.
 *
 * Roles are referred to by their `bytes32` identifier. These should be exposed
 * in the external API and be unique. The best way to achieve this is by
 * using `public constant` hash digests:
 *
 * ```
 * bytes32 public constant MY_ROLE = keccak256("MY_ROLE");
 * ```
 *
 * Roles can be used to represent a set of permissions. To restrict access to a
 * function call, use {hasRole}:
 *
 * ```
 * function foo() public {
 *     require(hasRole(MY_ROLE, msg.sender));
 *     ...
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Roles can be granted and revoked dynamically via the {grantRole} and
 * {revokeRole} functions. Each role has an associated admin role, and only
 * accounts that have a role's admin role can call {grantRole} and {revokeRole}.
 *
 * By default, the admin role for all roles is `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE`, which means
 * that only accounts with this role will be able to grant or revoke other
 * roles. More complex role relationships can be created by using
 * {_setRoleAdmin}.
 *
 * WARNING: The `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is also its own admin: it has permission to
 * grant and revoke this role. Extra precautions should be taken to secure
 * accounts that have been granted it.
 */
abstract contract AccessControlUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable, IAccessControlUpgradeable, ERC165Upgradeable {
    function __AccessControl_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function __AccessControl_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    struct RoleData {
        mapping(address => bool) members;
        bytes32 adminRole;
    }
    mapping(bytes32 => RoleData) private _roles;
    bytes32 public constant DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE = 0x00;
    /**
     * @dev Modifier that checks that an account has a specific role. Reverts
     * with a standardized message including the required role.
     *
     * The format of the revert reason is given by the following regular expression:
     *
     *  /^AccessControl: account (0x[0-9a-f]{40}) is missing role (0x[0-9a-f]{64})$/
     *
     * _Available since v4.1._
     */
    modifier onlyRole(bytes32 role) {
        _checkRole(role);
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IAccessControlUpgradeable).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
     */
    function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return _roles[role].members[account];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revert with a standard message if `_msgSender()` is missing `role`.
     * Overriding this function changes the behavior of the {onlyRole} modifier.
     *
     * Format of the revert message is described in {_checkRole}.
     *
     * _Available since v4.6._
     */
    function _checkRole(bytes32 role) internal view virtual {
        _checkRole(role, _msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revert with a standard message if `account` is missing `role`.
     *
     * The format of the revert reason is given by the following regular expression:
     *
     *  /^AccessControl: account (0x[0-9a-f]{40}) is missing role (0x[0-9a-f]{64})$/
     */
    function _checkRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal view virtual {
        if (!hasRole(role, account)) {
            revert(
                string(
                    abi.encodePacked(
                        "AccessControl: account ",
                        StringsUpgradeable.toHexString(uint160(account), 20),
                        " is missing role ",
                        StringsUpgradeable.toHexString(uint256(role), 32)
                    )
                )
            );
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and
     * {revokeRole}.
     *
     * To change a role's admin, use {_setRoleAdmin}.
     */
    function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) public view virtual override returns (bytes32) {
        return _roles[role].adminRole;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override onlyRole(getRoleAdmin(role)) {
        _grantRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override onlyRole(getRoleAdmin(role)) {
        _revokeRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.
     *
     * Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function's
     * purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges
     * if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).
     *
     * If the calling account had been revoked `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must be `account`.
     */
    function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override {
        require(account == _msgSender(), "AccessControl: can only renounce roles for self");
        _revokeRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event. Note that unlike {grantRole}, this function doesn't perform any
     * checks on the calling account.
     *
     * [WARNING]
     * ====
     * This function should only be called from the constructor when setting
     * up the initial roles for the system.
     *
     * Using this function in any other way is effectively circumventing the admin
     * system imposed by {AccessControl}.
     * ====
     *
     * NOTE: This function is deprecated in favor of {_grantRole}.
     */
    function _setupRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        _grantRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Sets `adminRole` as ``role``'s admin role.
     *
     * Emits a {RoleAdminChanged} event.
     */
    function _setRoleAdmin(bytes32 role, bytes32 adminRole) internal virtual {
        bytes32 previousAdminRole = getRoleAdmin(role);
        _roles[role].adminRole = adminRole;
        emit RoleAdminChanged(role, previousAdminRole, adminRole);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        if (!hasRole(role, account)) {
            _roles[role].members[account] = true;
            emit RoleGranted(role, account, _msgSender());
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        if (hasRole(role, account)) {
            _roles[role].members[account] = false;
            emit RoleRevoked(role, account, _msgSender());
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[49] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/IAccessControl.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev External interface of AccessControl declared to support ERC165 detection.
 */
interface IAccessControlUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `newAdminRole` is set as ``role``'s admin role, replacing `previousAdminRole`
     *
     * `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is the starting admin for all roles, despite
     * {RoleAdminChanged} not being emitted signaling this.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    event RoleAdminChanged(bytes32 indexed role, bytes32 indexed previousAdminRole, bytes32 indexed newAdminRole);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` is granted `role`.
     *
     * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call, an admin role
     * bearer except when using {AccessControl-_setupRole}.
     */
    event RoleGranted(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` is revoked `role`.
     *
     * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call:
     *   - if using `revokeRole`, it is the admin role bearer
     *   - if using `renounceRole`, it is the role bearer (i.e. `account`)
     */
    event RoleRevoked(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);
    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
     */
    function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) external view returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and
     * {revokeRole}.
     *
     * To change a role's admin, use {AccessControl-_setRoleAdmin}.
     */
    function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) external view returns (bytes32);
    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.
     *
     * Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function's
     * purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges
     * if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).
     *
     * If the calling account had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must be `account`.
     */
    function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (interfaces/IERC2981.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/introspection/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Interface for the NFT Royalty Standard.
 *
 * A standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) to enable universal
 * support for royalty payments across all NFT marketplaces and ecosystem participants.
 *
 * _Available since v4.5._
 */
interface IERC2981Upgradeable is IERC165Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns how much royalty is owed and to whom, based on a sale price that may be denominated in any unit of
     * exchange. The royalty amount is denominated and should be payed in that same unit of exchange.
     */
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 salePrice)
        external
        view
        returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (proxy/utils/Initializable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
 * behind a proxy. Since proxied contracts do not make use of a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
 * external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
 * function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
 *
 * TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
 * possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
 *
 * CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
 * that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
 *
 * [CAUTION]
 * ====
 * Avoid leaving a contract uninitialized.
 *
 * An uninitialized contract can be taken over by an attacker. This applies to both a proxy and its implementation
 * contract, which may impact the proxy. To initialize the implementation contract, you can either invoke the
 * initializer manually, or you can include a constructor to automatically mark it as initialized when it is deployed:
 *
 * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
 * ```
 * /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
 * constructor() initializer {}
 * ```
 * ====
 */
abstract contract Initializable {
    /**
     * @dev Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
     */
    bool private _initialized;
    /**
     * @dev Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
     */
    bool private _initializing;
    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initializer function from being invoked twice.
     */
    modifier initializer() {
        // If the contract is initializing we ignore whether _initialized is set in order to support multiple
        // inheritance patterns, but we only do this in the context of a constructor, because in other contexts the
        // contract may have been reentered.
        require(_initializing ? _isConstructor() : !_initialized, "Initializable: contract is already initialized");
        bool isTopLevelCall = !_initializing;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            _initializing = true;
            _initialized = true;
        }
        _;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            _initializing = false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the
     * {initializer} modifier, directly or indirectly.
     */
    modifier onlyInitializing() {
        require(_initializing, "Initializable: contract is not initializing");
        _;
    }
    function _isConstructor() private view returns (bool) {
        return !AddressUpgradeable.isContract(address(this));
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (security/ReentrancyGuard.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module that helps prevent reentrant calls to a function.
 *
 * Inheriting from `ReentrancyGuard` will make the {nonReentrant} modifier
 * available, which can be applied to functions to make sure there are no nested
 * (reentrant) calls to them.
 *
 * Note that because there is a single `nonReentrant` guard, functions marked as
 * `nonReentrant` may not call one another. This can be worked around by making
 * those functions `private`, and then adding `external` `nonReentrant` entry
 * points to them.
 *
 * TIP: If you would like to learn more about reentrancy and alternative ways
 * to protect against it, check out our blog post
 * https://blog.openzeppelin.com/reentrancy-after-istanbul/[Reentrancy After Istanbul].
 */
abstract contract ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable is Initializable {
    // Booleans are more expensive than uint256 or any type that takes up a full
    // word because each write operation emits an extra SLOAD to first read the
    // slot's contents, replace the bits taken up by the boolean, and then write
    // back. This is the compiler's defense against contract upgrades and
    // pointer aliasing, and it cannot be disabled.
    // The values being non-zero value makes deployment a bit more expensive,
    // but in exchange the refund on every call to nonReentrant will be lower in
    // amount. Since refunds are capped to a percentage of the total
    // transaction's gas, it is best to keep them low in cases like this one, to
    // increase the likelihood of the full refund coming into effect.
    uint256 private constant _NOT_ENTERED = 1;
    uint256 private constant _ENTERED = 2;
    uint256 private _status;
    function __ReentrancyGuard_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __ReentrancyGuard_init_unchained();
    }
    function __ReentrancyGuard_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Prevents a contract from calling itself, directly or indirectly.
     * Calling a `nonReentrant` function from another `nonReentrant`
     * function is not supported. It is possible to prevent this from happening
     * by making the `nonReentrant` function external, and making it call a
     * `private` function that does the actual work.
     */
    modifier nonReentrant() {
        // On the first call to nonReentrant, _notEntered will be true
        require(_status != _ENTERED, "ReentrancyGuard: reentrant call");
        // Any calls to nonReentrant after this point will fail
        _status = _ENTERED;
        _;
        // By storing the original value once again, a refund is triggered (see
        // https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2200)
        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[49] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (token/ERC20/IERC20.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC20 standard as defined in the EIP.
 */
interface IERC20Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens in existence.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens owned by `account`.
     */
    function balanceOf(address account) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from the caller's account to `to`.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transfer(address to, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the remaining number of tokens that `spender` will be
     * allowed to spend on behalf of `owner` through {transferFrom}. This is
     * zero by default.
     *
     * This value changes when {approve} or {transferFrom} are called.
     */
    function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Sets `amount` as the allowance of `spender` over the caller's tokens.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: Beware that changing an allowance with this method brings the risk
     * that someone may use both the old and the new allowance by unfortunate
     * transaction ordering. One possible solution to mitigate this race
     * condition is to first reduce the spender's allowance to 0 and set the
     * desired value afterwards:
     * https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20#issuecomment-263524729
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from `from` to `to` using the
     * allowance mechanism. `amount` is then deducted from the caller's
     * allowance.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    ) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `value` tokens are moved from one account (`from`) to
     * another (`to`).
     *
     * Note that `value` may be zero.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the allowance of a `spender` for an `owner` is set by
     * a call to {approve}. `value` is the new allowance.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 value);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC721/IERC721Receiver.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @title ERC721 token receiver interface
 * @dev Interface for any contract that wants to support safeTransfers
 * from ERC721 asset contracts.
 */
interface IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Whenever an {IERC721} `tokenId` token is transferred to this contract via {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}
     * by `operator` from `from`, this function is called.
     *
     * It must return its Solidity selector to confirm the token transfer.
     * If any other value is returned or the interface is not implemented by the recipient, the transfer will be reverted.
     *
     * The selector can be obtained in Solidity with `IERC721Receiver.onERC721Received.selector`.
     */
    function onERC721Received(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC721/IERC721.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../utils/introspection/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Required interface of an ERC721 compliant contract.
 */
interface IERC721Upgradeable is IERC165Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in ``owner``'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
     * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been allowed to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {safeTransferFrom} whenever possible.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);
    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom} for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Metadata.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../IERC721Upgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @title ERC-721 Non-Fungible Token Standard, optional metadata extension
 * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721
 */
interface IERC721MetadataUpgradeable is IERC721Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
     */
    function name() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
     */
    function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (utils/Address.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library AddressUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.
        return account.code.length > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verifies that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
            if (returndata.length > 0) {
                // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
                assembly {
                    let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                    revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                }
            } else {
                revert(errorMessage);
            }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract ContextUpgradeable is Initializable {
    function __Context_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function __Context_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[50] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Strings.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev String operations.
 */
library StringsUpgradeable {
    bytes16 private constant _HEX_SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef";
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
     */
    function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        // Inspired by OraclizeAPI's implementation - MIT licence
        // https://github.com/oraclize/ethereum-api/blob/b42146b063c7d6ee1358846c198246239e9360e8/oraclizeAPI_0.4.25.sol
        if (value == 0) {
            return "0";
        }
        uint256 temp = value;
        uint256 digits;
        while (temp != 0) {
            digits++;
            temp /= 10;
        }
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(digits);
        while (value != 0) {
            digits -= 1;
            buffer[digits] = bytes1(uint8(48 + uint256(value % 10)));
            value /= 10;
        }
        return string(buffer);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        if (value == 0) {
            return "0x00";
        }
        uint256 temp = value;
        uint256 length = 0;
        while (temp != 0) {
            length++;
            temp >>= 8;
        }
        return toHexString(value, length);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
        buffer[0] = "0";
        buffer[1] = "x";
        for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
            buffer[i] = _HEX_SYMBOLS[value & 0xf];
            value >>= 4;
        }
        require(value == 0, "Strings: hex length insufficient");
        return string(buffer);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (utils/cryptography/MerkleProof.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev These functions deal with verification of Merkle Trees proofs.
 *
 * The proofs can be generated using the JavaScript library
 * https://github.com/miguelmota/merkletreejs[merkletreejs].
 * Note: the hashing algorithm should be keccak256 and pair sorting should be enabled.
 *
 * See `test/utils/cryptography/MerkleProof.test.js` for some examples.
 *
 * WARNING: You should avoid using leaf values that are 64 bytes long prior to
 * hashing, or use a hash function other than keccak256 for hashing leaves.
 * This is because the concatenation of a sorted pair of internal nodes in
 * the merkle tree could be reinterpreted as a leaf value.
 */
library MerkleProofUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if a `leaf` can be proved to be a part of a Merkle tree
     * defined by `root`. For this, a `proof` must be provided, containing
     * sibling hashes on the branch from the leaf to the root of the tree. Each
     * pair of leaves and each pair of pre-images are assumed to be sorted.
     */
    function verify(
        bytes32[] memory proof,
        bytes32 root,
        bytes32 leaf
    ) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return processProof(proof, leaf) == root;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the rebuilt hash obtained by traversing a Merkle tree up
     * from `leaf` using `proof`. A `proof` is valid if and only if the rebuilt
     * hash matches the root of the tree. When processing the proof, the pairs
     * of leafs & pre-images are assumed to be sorted.
     *
     * _Available since v4.4._
     */
    function processProof(bytes32[] memory proof, bytes32 leaf) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        bytes32 computedHash = leaf;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < proof.length; i++) {
            bytes32 proofElement = proof[i];
            if (computedHash <= proofElement) {
                // Hash(current computed hash + current element of the proof)
                computedHash = _efficientHash(computedHash, proofElement);
            } else {
                // Hash(current element of the proof + current computed hash)
                computedHash = _efficientHash(proofElement, computedHash);
            }
        }
        return computedHash;
    }
    function _efficientHash(bytes32 a, bytes32 b) private pure returns (bytes32 value) {
        assembly {
            mstore(0x00, a)
            mstore(0x20, b)
            value := keccak256(0x00, 0x40)
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/ERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
 *
 * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
 * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
 *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
 */
abstract contract ERC165Upgradeable is Initializable, IERC165Upgradeable {
    function __ERC165_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function __ERC165_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC165Upgradeable).interfaceId;
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[50] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
/**
         )     (   (            (   (   
      ( /( (   )\\  )\\       (   )\\  )\\  
  (   )\\()))\\ ((_)((_)`  )  )\\ ((_)((_) 
  )\\ ((_)\\((_) _   _  /(/( ((_) _   _   
 ((_)| |(_)(_)| | | |((_)_\\ (_)| | | |  
/ _| | ' \\ | || | | || '_ \\)| || | | |  
\\__| |_||_||_||_| |_|| .__/ |_||_| |_|  
                     |_|                
 */
import {ERC721AUpgradeable} from "erc721a-upgradeable/ERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
import {IERC721AUpgradeable} from "erc721a-upgradeable/IERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
import {IERC2981Upgradeable, IERC165Upgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/interfaces/IERC2981Upgradeable.sol";
import {AccessControlUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/access/AccessControlUpgradeable.sol";
import {ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/security/ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable.sol";
import {MerkleProofUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/cryptography/MerkleProofUpgradeable.sol";
import {IERC20Upgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC20/IERC20Upgradeable.sol";
import {IMetadataRenderer} from "./interfaces/IMetadataRenderer.sol";
import {IERC721Drop} from "./interfaces/IERC721Drop.sol";
import {IOwnable} from "./interfaces/IOwnable.sol";
import {OwnableSkeleton} from "./utils/OwnableSkeleton.sol";
import {FundsReceiver} from "./utils/FundsReceiver.sol";
import {Version} from "./utils/Version.sol";
import {ERC721DropStorageV1} from "./storage/ERC721DropStorageV1.sol";
/**
 * @notice ZORA NFT Base contract for Drops and Editions
 *
 * @dev For drops: assumes 1. linear mint order, 2. max number of mints needs to be less than max_uint64
 *       (if you have more than 18 quintillion linear mints you should probably not be using this contract)
 * @author [email protected] (modified by sw33ts.eth)
 *
 */
contract ERC721Drop is
    ERC721AUpgradeable,
    IERC2981Upgradeable,
    ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable,
    AccessControlUpgradeable,
    IERC721Drop,
    OwnableSkeleton,
    FundsReceiver,
    Version(8),
    ERC721DropStorageV1
{
    /// @dev This is the max mint batch size for the optimized ERC721A mint contract
    uint256 internal constant MAX_MINT_BATCH_SIZE = 8;
    /// @dev Gas limit to send funds
    uint256 internal constant FUNDS_SEND_GAS_LIMIT = 210_000;
    /// @notice Access control roles
    bytes32 public immutable MINTER_ROLE = keccak256("MINTER");
    bytes32 public immutable SALES_MANAGER_ROLE = keccak256("SALES_MANAGER");
    /// @dev ZORA V3 transfer helper address for auto-approval
    address internal immutable zoraERC721TransferHelper;
    /// @notice Max royalty BPS
    uint16 constant MAX_ROYALTY_BPS = 50_00;
    /// @notice Only allow for users with admin access
    modifier onlyAdmin() {
        if (!hasRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, _msgSender())) {
            revert Access_OnlyAdmin();
        }
        _;
    }
    /// @notice Only a given role has access or admin
    /// @param role role to check for alongside the admin role
    modifier onlyRoleOrAdmin(bytes32 role) {
        if (
            !hasRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, _msgSender()) &&
            !hasRole(role, _msgSender())
        ) {
            revert Access_MissingRoleOrAdmin(role);
        }
        _;
    }
    /// @notice Allows user to mint tokens at a quantity
    modifier canMintTokens(uint256 quantity) {
        if (quantity + _totalMinted() > config.editionSize) {
            revert Mint_SoldOut();
        }
        _;
    }
    function _presaleActive() internal view returns (bool) {
        return
            salesConfig.presaleStart <= block.timestamp &&
            salesConfig.presaleEnd > block.timestamp;
    }
    function _publicSaleActive() internal view returns (bool) {
        return
            salesConfig.publicSaleStart <= block.timestamp &&
            salesConfig.publicSaleEnd > block.timestamp;
    }
    /// @notice Presale active
    modifier onlyPresaleActive() {
        if (!_presaleActive()) {
            revert Presale_Inactive();
        }
        _;
    }
    /// @notice Public sale active
    modifier onlyPublicSaleActive() {
        if (!_publicSaleActive()) {
            revert Sale_Inactive();
        }
        _;
    }
    /// @notice Getter for last minted token ID (gets next token id and subtracts 1)
    function _lastMintedTokenId() internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _currentIndex - 1;
    }
    /// @notice Start token ID for minting (1-100 vs 0-99)
    function _startTokenId() internal pure override returns (uint256) {
        return 1;
    }
    /// @notice Global constructor – these variables will not change with further proxy deploys
    /// @dev Marked as an initializer to prevent storage being used of base implementation. Can only be init'd by a proxy.
    /// @param _zoraERC721TransferHelper Transfer helper
    constructor(address _zoraERC721TransferHelper) initializer {
        zoraERC721TransferHelper = _zoraERC721TransferHelper;
    }
    ///  @dev Create a new drop contract
    ///  @param _contractName Contract name
    ///  @param _contractSymbol Contract symbol
    ///  @param _initialOwner User that owns and can mint the edition, gets royalty and sales payouts and can update the base url if needed.
    ///  @param _fundsRecipient Wallet/user that receives funds from sale
    ///  @param _editionSize Number of editions that can be minted in total. If 0, unlimited editions can be minted.
    ///  @param _royaltyBPS BPS of the royalty set on the contract. Can be 0 for no royalty.
    ///  @param _salesConfig New sales config to set upon init
    ///  @param _metadataRenderer Renderer contract to use
    ///  @param _metadataRendererInit Renderer data initial contract
    function initialize(
        string memory _contractName,
        string memory _contractSymbol,
        address _initialOwner,
        address payable _fundsRecipient,
        uint64 _editionSize,
        uint16 _royaltyBPS,
        ERC20SalesConfiguration memory _salesConfig,
        IMetadataRenderer _metadataRenderer,
        bytes memory _metadataRendererInit
    ) public initializer {
        // Setup ERC721A
        __ERC721A_init(_contractName, _contractSymbol);
        // Setup access control
        __AccessControl_init();
        // Setup re-entracy guard
        __ReentrancyGuard_init();
        // Setup the owner role
        _setupRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, _initialOwner);
        // Set ownership to original sender of contract call
        _setOwner(_initialOwner);
        if (config.royaltyBPS > MAX_ROYALTY_BPS) {
            revert Setup_RoyaltyPercentageTooHigh(MAX_ROYALTY_BPS);
        }
        // Update salesConfig
        salesConfig = _salesConfig;
        // Setup config variables
        config.editionSize = _editionSize;
        config.metadataRenderer = _metadataRenderer;
        config.royaltyBPS = _royaltyBPS;
        config.fundsRecipient = _fundsRecipient;
        _metadataRenderer.initializeWithData(_metadataRendererInit);
    }
    /// @dev Getter for admin role associated with the contract to handle metadata
    /// @return boolean if address is admin
    function isAdmin(address user) external view returns (bool) {
        return hasRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, user);
    }
    //        ,-.
    //        `-'
    //        /|\\
    //         |             ,----------.
    //        / \\            |ERC721Drop|
    //      Caller           `----+-----'
    //        |       burn()      |
    //        | ------------------>
    //        |                   |
    //        |                   |----.
    //        |                   |    | burn token
    //        |                   |<---'
    //      Caller           ,----+-----.
    //        ,-.            |ERC721Drop|
    //        `-'            `----------'
    //        /|\\
    //         |
    //        / \\
    /// @param tokenId Token ID to burn
    /// @notice User burn function for token id
    function burn(uint256 tokenId) public {
        _burn(tokenId, true);
    }
    /// @dev Get royalty information for token
    /// @param _salePrice Sale price for the token
    function royaltyInfo(uint256, uint256 _salePrice)
        external
        view
        override
        returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount)
    {
        if (config.fundsRecipient == address(0)) {
            return (config.fundsRecipient, 0);
        }
        return (
            config.fundsRecipient,
            (_salePrice * config.royaltyBPS) / 10_000
        );
    }
    /// @notice Sale details
    /// @return IERC721Drop.SaleDetails sale information details
    function saleDetails()
        external
        view
        returns (IERC721Drop.ERC20SaleDetails memory)
    {
        return
            IERC721Drop.ERC20SaleDetails({
                erc20PaymentToken: salesConfig.erc20PaymentToken,
                publicSaleActive: _publicSaleActive(),
                presaleActive: _presaleActive(),
                publicSalePrice: salesConfig.publicSalePrice,
                publicSaleStart: salesConfig.publicSaleStart,
                publicSaleEnd: salesConfig.publicSaleEnd,
                presaleStart: salesConfig.presaleStart,
                presaleEnd: salesConfig.presaleEnd,
                presaleMerkleRoot: salesConfig.presaleMerkleRoot,
                totalMinted: _totalMinted(),
                maxSupply: config.editionSize,
                maxSalePurchasePerAddress: salesConfig.maxSalePurchasePerAddress
            });
    }
    /// @dev Number of NFTs the user has minted per address
    /// @param minter to get counts for
    function mintedPerAddress(address minter)
        external
        view
        override
        returns (IERC721Drop.AddressMintDetails memory)
    {
        return
            IERC721Drop.AddressMintDetails({
                presaleMints: presaleMintsByAddress[minter],
                publicMints: _numberMinted(minter) -
                    presaleMintsByAddress[minter],
                totalMints: _numberMinted(minter)
            });
    }
    /// @dev Setup auto-approval for Zora v3 access to sell NFT
    ///      Still requires approval for module
    /// @param nftOwner owner of the nft
    /// @param operator operator wishing to transfer/burn/etc the NFTs
    function isApprovedForAll(address nftOwner, address operator)
        public
        view
        override(ERC721AUpgradeable)
        returns (bool)
    {
        if (operator == zoraERC721TransferHelper) {
            return true;
        }
        return super.isApprovedForAll(nftOwner, operator);
    }
    /**
     *** ---------------------------------- ***
     ***                                    ***
     ***     PUBLIC MINTING FUNCTIONS       ***
     ***                                    ***
     *** ---------------------------------- ***
     ***/
    //                       ,-.
    //                       `-'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |                       ,----------.
    //                       / \\                      |ERC721Drop|
    //                     Caller                     `----+-----'
    //                       |          purchase()         |
    //                       | ---------------------------->
    //                       |                             |
    //                       |                             |
    //          ___________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  drop has no tokens left for caller to mint?      !
    //          !_____/      |                             |               !
    //          !            |    revert Mint_SoldOut()    |               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                             |
    //                       |                             |
    //          ___________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  public sale isn't active?        |               !
    //          !_____/      |                             |               !
    //          !            |    revert Sale_Inactive()   |               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                             |
    //                       |                             |
    //          ___________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  inadequate funds sent?           |               !
    //          !_____/      |                             |               !
    //          !            | revert Purchase_WrongPrice()|               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                             |
    //                       |                             |----.
    //                       |                             |    | mint tokens
    //                       |                             |<---'
    //                       |                             |
    //                       |                             |----.
    //                       |                             |    | emit IERC721Drop.Sale()
    //                       |                             |<---'
    //                       |                             |
    //                       | return first minted token ID|
    //                       | <----------------------------
    //                     Caller                     ,----+-----.
    //                       ,-.                      |ERC721Drop|
    //                       `-'                      `----------'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |
    //                       / \\
    /**
      @dev This allows the user to purchase a edition edition
           at the given price in the contract.
     */
    function purchase(uint256 quantity)
        external
        payable
        nonReentrant
        canMintTokens(quantity)
        onlyPublicSaleActive
        returns (uint256)
    {
        uint256 salePrice = salesConfig.publicSalePrice;
        address erc20PaymentToken = salesConfig.erc20PaymentToken;
        address fundsRecipient = config.fundsRecipient;
        if (erc20PaymentToken == address(0)) {
            if (msg.value != salePrice * quantity) {
                revert Purchase_WrongPrice(salePrice * quantity);
            }
        } else {
            IERC20Upgradeable(erc20PaymentToken).transferFrom(
                msg.sender,
                fundsRecipient,
                salePrice * quantity
            );
        }
        // If max purchase per address == 0 there is no limit.
        // Any other number, the per address mint limit is that.
        if (
            salesConfig.maxSalePurchasePerAddress != 0 &&
            _numberMinted(_msgSender()) +
                quantity -
                presaleMintsByAddress[_msgSender()] >
            salesConfig.maxSalePurchasePerAddress
        ) {
            revert Purchase_TooManyForAddress();
        }
        _mintNFTs(_msgSender(), quantity);
        uint256 firstMintedTokenId = _lastMintedTokenId() - quantity;
        emit IERC721Drop.Sale({
            to: _msgSender(),
            quantity: quantity,
            pricePerToken: salePrice,
            firstPurchasedTokenId: firstMintedTokenId
        });
        return firstMintedTokenId;
    }
    /// @notice Function to mint NFTs
    /// @dev (important: Does not enforce max supply limit, enforce that limit earlier)
    /// @dev This batches in size of 8 as per recommended by ERC721A creators
    /// @param to address to mint NFTs to
    /// @param quantity number of NFTs to mint
    function _mintNFTs(address to, uint256 quantity) internal {
        do {
            uint256 toMint = quantity > MAX_MINT_BATCH_SIZE
                ? MAX_MINT_BATCH_SIZE
                : quantity;
            _mint({to: to, quantity: toMint});
            quantity -= toMint;
        } while (quantity > 0);
    }
    //                       ,-.
    //                       `-'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |                             ,----------.
    //                       / \\                            |ERC721Drop|
    //                     Caller                           `----+-----'
    //                       |         purchasePresale()         |
    //                       | ---------------------------------->
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //          _________________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  drop has no tokens left for caller to mint?            !
    //          !_____/      |                                   |               !
    //          !            |       revert Mint_SoldOut()       |               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //          _________________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  presale sale isn't active?             |               !
    //          !_____/      |                                   |               !
    //          !            |     revert Presale_Inactive()     |               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //          _________________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  merkle proof unapproved for caller?    |               !
    //          !_____/      |                                   |               !
    //          !            | revert Presale_MerkleNotApproved()|               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //          _________________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  inadequate funds sent?                 |               !
    //          !_____/      |                                   |               !
    //          !            |    revert Purchase_WrongPrice()   |               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |----.
    //                       |                                   |    | mint tokens
    //                       |                                   |<---'
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |----.
    //                       |                                   |    | emit IERC721Drop.Sale()
    //                       |                                   |<---'
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |    return first minted token ID   |
    //                       | <----------------------------------
    //                     Caller                           ,----+-----.
    //                       ,-.                            |ERC721Drop|
    //                       `-'                            `----------'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |
    //                       / \\
    /// @notice Merkle-tree based presale purchase function
    /// @param quantity quantity to purchase
    /// @param maxQuantity max quantity that can be purchased via merkle proof #
    /// @param pricePerToken price that each token is purchased at
    /// @param merkleProof proof for presale mint
    function purchasePresale(
        uint256 quantity,
        uint256 maxQuantity,
        uint256 pricePerToken,
        bytes32[] calldata merkleProof
    )
        external
        payable
        nonReentrant
        canMintTokens(quantity)
        onlyPresaleActive
        returns (uint256)
    {
        if (
            !MerkleProofUpgradeable.verify(
                merkleProof,
                salesConfig.presaleMerkleRoot,
                keccak256(
                    // address, uint256, uint256
                    abi.encode(_msgSender(), maxQuantity, pricePerToken)
                )
            )
        ) {
            revert Presale_MerkleNotApproved();
        }
        if (msg.value != pricePerToken * quantity) {
            revert Purchase_WrongPrice(pricePerToken * quantity);
        }
        presaleMintsByAddress[_msgSender()] += quantity;
        if (presaleMintsByAddress[_msgSender()] > maxQuantity) {
            revert Presale_TooManyForAddress();
        }
        _mintNFTs(_msgSender(), quantity);
        uint256 firstMintedTokenId = _lastMintedTokenId() - quantity;
        emit IERC721Drop.Sale({
            to: _msgSender(),
            quantity: quantity,
            pricePerToken: pricePerToken,
            firstPurchasedTokenId: firstMintedTokenId
        });
        return firstMintedTokenId;
    }
    /**
     *** ---------------------------------- ***
     ***                                    ***
     ***     ADMIN MINTING FUNCTIONS        ***
     ***                                    ***
     *** ---------------------------------- ***
     ***/
    //                       ,-.
    //                       `-'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |                             ,----------.
    //                       / \\                            |ERC721Drop|
    //                     Caller                           `----+-----'
    //                       |            adminMint()            |
    //                       | ---------------------------------->
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //          _________________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  caller is not admin or minter role?    |               !
    //          !_____/      |                                   |               !
    //          !            | revert Access_MissingRoleOrAdmin()|               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //          _________________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  drop has no tokens left for caller to mint?            !
    //          !_____/      |                                   |               !
    //          !            |       revert Mint_SoldOut()       |               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |----.
    //                       |                                   |    | mint tokens
    //                       |                                   |<---'
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |    return last minted token ID    |
    //                       | <----------------------------------
    //                     Caller                           ,----+-----.
    //                       ,-.                            |ERC721Drop|
    //                       `-'                            `----------'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |
    //                       / \\
    /// @notice Mint admin
    /// @param recipient recipient to mint to
    /// @param quantity quantity to mint
    function adminMint(address recipient, uint256 quantity)
        external
        onlyRoleOrAdmin(MINTER_ROLE)
        canMintTokens(quantity)
        returns (uint256)
    {
        _mintNFTs(recipient, quantity);
        return _lastMintedTokenId();
    }
    //                       ,-.
    //                       `-'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |                             ,----------.
    //                       / \\                            |ERC721Drop|
    //                     Caller                           `----+-----'
    //                       |         adminMintAirdrop()        |
    //                       | ---------------------------------->
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //          _________________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  caller is not admin or minter role?    |               !
    //          !_____/      |                                   |               !
    //          !            | revert Access_MissingRoleOrAdmin()|               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //          _________________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  drop has no tokens left for recipients to mint?        !
    //          !_____/      |                                   |               !
    //          !            |       revert Mint_SoldOut()       |               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                    _____________________________________
    //                       |                    ! LOOP  /  for all recipients        !
    //                       |                    !______/       |                     !
    //                       |                    !              |----.                !
    //                       |                    !              |    | mint tokens    !
    //                       |                    !              |<---'                !
    //                       |                    !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |    return last minted token ID    |
    //                       | <----------------------------------
    //                     Caller                           ,----+-----.
    //                       ,-.                            |ERC721Drop|
    //                       `-'                            `----------'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |
    //                       / \\
    /// @dev This mints multiple editions to the given list of addresses.
    /// @param recipients list of addresses to send the newly minted editions to
    function adminMintAirdrop(address[] calldata recipients)
        external
        override
        onlyRoleOrAdmin(MINTER_ROLE)
        canMintTokens(recipients.length)
        returns (uint256)
    {
        uint256 atId = _currentIndex;
        uint256 startAt = atId;
        unchecked {
            for (
                uint256 endAt = atId + recipients.length;
                atId < endAt;
                atId++
            ) {
                _mintNFTs(recipients[atId - startAt], 1);
            }
        }
        return _lastMintedTokenId();
    }
    /**
     *** ---------------------------------- ***
     ***                                    ***
     ***  ADMIN CONFIGURATION FUNCTIONS     ***
     ***                                    ***
     *** ---------------------------------- ***
     ***/
    //                       ,-.
    //                       `-'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |                    ,----------.
    //                       / \\                   |ERC721Drop|
    //                     Caller                  `----+-----'
    //                       |        setOwner()        |
    //                       | ------------------------->
    //                       |                          |
    //                       |                          |
    //          ________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  caller is not admin?          |               !
    //          !_____/      |                          |               !
    //          !            | revert Access_OnlyAdmin()|               !
    //          !            | <-------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                          |
    //                       |                          |----.
    //                       |                          |    | set owner
    //                       |                          |<---'
    //                     Caller                  ,----+-----.
    //                       ,-.                   |ERC721Drop|
    //                       `-'                   `----------'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |
    //                       / \\
    /// @dev Set new owner for royalties / opensea
    /// @param newOwner new owner to set
    function setOwner(address newOwner) public onlyAdmin {
        _setOwner(newOwner);
    }
    /// @notice Set a new metadata renderer
    /// @param newRenderer new renderer address to use
    /// @param setupRenderer data to setup new renderer with
    function setMetadataRenderer(
        IMetadataRenderer newRenderer,
        bytes memory setupRenderer
    ) external onlyAdmin {
        config.metadataRenderer = newRenderer;
        if (setupRenderer.length > 0) {
            newRenderer.initializeWithData(setupRenderer);
        }
        emit UpdatedMetadataRenderer({
            sender: _msgSender(),
            renderer: newRenderer
        });
    }
    //                       ,-.
    //                       `-'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |                             ,----------.
    //                       / \\                            |ERC721Drop|
    //                     Caller                           `----+-----'
    //                       |      setSalesConfiguration()      |
    //                       | ---------------------------------->
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //          _________________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  caller is not admin?                   |               !
    //          !_____/      |                                   |               !
    //          !            | revert Access_MissingRoleOrAdmin()|               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |----.
    //                       |                                   |    | set funds recipient
    //                       |                                   |<---'
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |----.
    //                       |                                   |    | emit FundsRecipientChanged()
    //                       |                                   |<---'
    //                     Caller                           ,----+-----.
    //                       ,-.                            |ERC721Drop|
    //                       `-'                            `----------'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |
    //                       / \\
    /// @dev This sets the sales configuration
    // / @param publicSalePrice New public sale price
    function setSaleConfiguration(
        address erc20PaymentToken,
        uint104 publicSalePrice,
        uint32 maxSalePurchasePerAddress,
        uint64 publicSaleStart,
        uint64 publicSaleEnd,
        uint64 presaleStart,
        uint64 presaleEnd,
        bytes32 presaleMerkleRoot
    ) external onlyRoleOrAdmin(SALES_MANAGER_ROLE) {
        salesConfig.erc20PaymentToken = erc20PaymentToken;
        salesConfig.publicSalePrice = publicSalePrice;
        salesConfig.maxSalePurchasePerAddress = maxSalePurchasePerAddress;
        salesConfig.publicSaleStart = publicSaleStart;
        salesConfig.publicSaleEnd = publicSaleEnd;
        salesConfig.presaleStart = presaleStart;
        salesConfig.presaleEnd = presaleEnd;
        salesConfig.presaleMerkleRoot = presaleMerkleRoot;
        emit SalesConfigChanged(_msgSender());
    }
    //                       ,-.
    //                       `-'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |                    ,----------.
    //                       / \\                   |ERC721Drop|
    //                     Caller                  `----+-----'
    //                       |        setOwner()        |
    //                       | ------------------------->
    //                       |                          |
    //                       |                          |
    //          ________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  caller is not admin or SALES_MANAGER_ROLE?    !
    //          !_____/      |                          |               !
    //          !            | revert Access_OnlyAdmin()|               !
    //          !            | <-------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                          |
    //                       |                          |----.
    //                       |                          |    | set sales configuration
    //                       |                          |<---'
    //                       |                          |
    //                       |                          |----.
    //                       |                          |    | emit SalesConfigChanged()
    //                       |                          |<---'
    //                     Caller                  ,----+-----.
    //                       ,-.                   |ERC721Drop|
    //                       `-'                   `----------'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |
    //                       / \\
    /// @notice Set a different funds recipient
    /// @param newRecipientAddress new funds recipient address
    function setFundsRecipient(address payable newRecipientAddress)
        external
        onlyRoleOrAdmin(SALES_MANAGER_ROLE)
    {
        // TODO(iain): funds recipient cannot be 0?
        config.fundsRecipient = newRecipientAddress;
        emit FundsRecipientChanged(newRecipientAddress, _msgSender());
    }
    //                       ,-.                  ,-.                      ,-.
    //                       `-'                  `-'                      `-'
    //                       /|\\                  /|\\                      /|\\
    //                        |                    |                        |                      ,----------.
    //                       / \\                  / \\                      / \\                     |ERC721Drop|
    //                     Caller            FeeRecipient            FundsRecipient                `----+-----'
    //                       |                    |           withdraw()   |                            |
    //                       | ------------------------------------------------------------------------->
    //                       |                    |                        |                            |
    //                       |                    |                        |                            |
    //          ________________________________________________________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  caller is not admin or manager?                  |                            |               !
    //          !_____/      |                    |                        |                            |               !
    //          !            |                    revert Access_WithdrawNotAllowed()                    |               !
    //          !            | <-------------------------------------------------------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                    |                        |                            |
    //                       |                    |                   send fee amount                   |
    //                       |                    | <----------------------------------------------------
    //                       |                    |                        |                            |
    //                       |                    |                        |                            |
    //                       |                    |                        |             ____________________________________________________________
    //                       |                    |                        |             ! ALT  /  send unsuccesful?                                 !
    //                       |                    |                        |             !_____/        |                                            !
    //                       |                    |                        |             !              |----.                                       !
    //                       |                    |                        |             !              |    | revert Withdraw_FundsSendFailure()    !
    //                       |                    |                        |             !              |<---'                                       !
    //                       |                    |                        |             !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                    |                        |             !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                    |                        |                            |
    //                       |                    |                        | send remaining funds amount|
    //                       |                    |                        | <---------------------------
    //                       |                    |                        |                            |
    //                       |                    |                        |                            |
    //                       |                    |                        |             ____________________________________________________________
    //                       |                    |                        |             ! ALT  /  send unsuccesful?                                 !
    //                       |                    |                        |             !_____/        |                                            !
    //                       |                    |                        |             !              |----.                                       !
    //                       |                    |                        |             !              |    | revert Withdraw_FundsSendFailure()    !
    //                       |                    |                        |             !              |<---'                                       !
    //                       |                    |                        |             !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                    |                        |             !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                     Caller            FeeRecipient            FundsRecipient                ,----+-----.
    //                       ,-.                  ,-.                      ,-.                     |ERC721Drop|
    //                       `-'                  `-'                      `-'                     `----------'
    //                       /|\\                  /|\\                      /|\\
    //                        |                    |                        |
    //                       / \\                  / \\                      / \\
    /// @notice This withdraws ETH from the contract to the contract owner.
    function withdraw() external nonReentrant {
        address sender = _msgSender();
        // Check if withdraw is allowed for sender
        if (
            !hasRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, sender) &&
            !hasRole(SALES_MANAGER_ROLE, sender) &&
            sender != config.fundsRecipient
        ) {
            revert Access_WithdrawNotAllowed();
        }
        uint256 funds = address(this).balance;
        // Payout recipient
        (bool successFunds, ) = config.fundsRecipient.call{
            value: funds,
            gas: FUNDS_SEND_GAS_LIMIT
        }("");
        if (!successFunds) {
            revert Withdraw_FundsSendFailure();
        }
        // Emit event for indexing
        emit FundsWithdrawn(_msgSender(), config.fundsRecipient, funds);
    }
    //                       ,-.
    //                       `-'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |                             ,----------.
    //                       / \\                            |ERC721Drop|
    //                     Caller                           `----+-----'
    //                       |       finalizeOpenEdition()       |
    //                       | ---------------------------------->
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //          _________________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  caller is not admin or SALES_MANAGER_ROLE?             !
    //          !_____/      |                                   |               !
    //          !            | revert Access_MissingRoleOrAdmin()|               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                    _______________________________________________________________________
    //                       |                    ! ALT  /  drop is not an open edition?                                 !
    //                       |                    !_____/        |                                                       !
    //                       |                    !              |----.                                                  !
    //                       |                    !              |    | revert Admin_UnableToFinalizeNotOpenEdition()    !
    //                       |                    !              |<---'                                                  !
    //                       |                    !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                    !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |----.
    //                       |                                   |    | set config edition size
    //                       |                                   |<---'
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |----.
    //                       |                                   |    | emit OpenMintFinalized()
    //                       |                                   |<---'
    //                     Caller                           ,----+-----.
    //                       ,-.                            |ERC721Drop|
    //                       `-'                            `----------'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |
    //                       / \\
    /// @notice Admin function to finalize and open edition sale
    function finalizeOpenEdition()
        external
        onlyRoleOrAdmin(SALES_MANAGER_ROLE)
    {
        if (config.editionSize != type(uint64).max) {
            revert Admin_UnableToFinalizeNotOpenEdition();
        }
        config.editionSize = uint64(_totalMinted());
        emit OpenMintFinalized(_msgSender(), config.editionSize);
    }
    /**
     *** ---------------------------------- ***
     ***                                    ***
     ***      GENERAL GETTER FUNCTIONS      ***
     ***                                    ***
     *** ---------------------------------- ***
     ***/
    /// @notice Simple override for owner interface.
    /// @return user owner address
    function owner()
        public
        view
        override(OwnableSkeleton, IERC721Drop)
        returns (address)
    {
        return super.owner();
    }
    /// @notice Contract URI Getter, proxies to metadataRenderer
    /// @return Contract URI
    function contractURI() external view returns (string memory) {
        return config.metadataRenderer.contractURI();
    }
    /// @notice Getter for metadataRenderer contract
    function metadataRenderer() external view returns (IMetadataRenderer) {
        return IMetadataRenderer(config.metadataRenderer);
    }
    /// @notice Token URI Getter, proxies to metadataRenderer
    /// @param tokenId id of token to get URI for
    /// @return Token URI
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId)
        public
        view
        override
        returns (string memory)
    {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) {
            revert IERC721AUpgradeable.URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
        }
        return config.metadataRenderer.tokenURI(tokenId);
    }
    /// @notice ERC165 supports interface
    /// @param interfaceId interface id to check if supported
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        override(
            IERC165Upgradeable,
            ERC721AUpgradeable,
            AccessControlUpgradeable
        )
        returns (bool)
    {
        return
            super.supportsInterface(interfaceId) ||
            type(IOwnable).interfaceId == interfaceId ||
            type(IERC2981Upgradeable).interfaceId == interfaceId ||
            type(IERC721Drop).interfaceId == interfaceId;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
import {IMetadataRenderer} from "../interfaces/IMetadataRenderer.sol";
/**
 ________   _____   ____    ______      ____
/\\_____  \\ /\\  __`\\/\\  _`\\ /\\  _  \\    /\\  _`\\
\\/____//'/'\\ \\ \\/\\ \\ \\ \\L\\ \\ \\ \\L\\ \\   \\ \\ \\/\\ \\  _ __   ___   _____     ____
     //'/'  \\ \\ \\ \\ \\ \\ ,  /\\ \\  __ \\   \\ \\ \\ \\ \\/\\`'__\\/ __`\\/\\ '__`\\  /',__\\
    //'/'___ \\ \\ \\_\\ \\ \\ \\\\ \\\\ \\ \\/\\ \\   \\ \\ \\_\\ \\ \\ \\//\\ \\L\\ \\ \\ \\L\\ \\/\\__, `\\
    /\\_______\\\\ \\_____\\ \\_\\ \\_\\ \\_\\ \\_\\   \\ \\____/\\ \\_\\\\ \\____/\\ \\ ,__/\\/\\____/
    \\/_______/ \\/_____/\\/_/\\/ /\\/_/\\/_/    \\/___/  \\/_/ \\/___/  \\ \\ \\/  \\/___/
                                                                 \\ \\_\\
                                                                  \\/_/
*/
/// @notice Interface for ZORA Drops contract
interface IERC721Drop {
    // Access errors
    /// @notice Only admin can access this function
    error Access_OnlyAdmin();
    /// @notice Missing the given role or admin access
    error Access_MissingRoleOrAdmin(bytes32 role);
    /// @notice Withdraw is not allowed by this user
    error Access_WithdrawNotAllowed();
    /// @notice Cannot withdraw funds due to ETH send failure.
    error Withdraw_FundsSendFailure();
    // Sale/Purchase errors
    /// @notice Sale is inactive
    error Sale_Inactive();
    /// @notice Presale is inactive
    error Presale_Inactive();
    /// @notice Presale merkle root is invalid
    error Presale_MerkleNotApproved();
    /// @notice Wrong price for purchase
    error Purchase_WrongPrice(uint256 correctPrice);
    /// @notice NFT sold out
    error Mint_SoldOut();
    /// @notice Too many purchase for address
    error Purchase_TooManyForAddress();
    /// @notice Too many presale for address
    error Presale_TooManyForAddress();
    // Admin errors
    /// @notice Royalty percentage too high
    error Setup_RoyaltyPercentageTooHigh(uint16 maxRoyaltyBPS);
    /// @notice Invalid admin upgrade address
    error Admin_InvalidUpgradeAddress(address proposedAddress);
    /// @notice Unable to finalize an edition not marked as open (size set to uint64_max_value)
    error Admin_UnableToFinalizeNotOpenEdition();
    /// @notice Event emitted for each sale
    /// @param to address sale was made to
    /// @param quantity quantity of the minted nfts
    /// @param pricePerToken price for each token
    /// @param firstPurchasedTokenId first purchased token ID (to get range add to quantity for max)
    event Sale(
        address indexed to,
        uint256 indexed quantity,
        uint256 indexed pricePerToken,
        uint256 firstPurchasedTokenId
    );
    /// @notice Sales configuration has been changed
    /// @dev To access new sales configuration, use getter function.
    /// @param changedBy Changed by user
    event SalesConfigChanged(address indexed changedBy);
    /// @notice Event emitted when the funds recipient is changed
    /// @param newAddress new address for the funds recipient
    /// @param changedBy address that the recipient is changed by
    event FundsRecipientChanged(
        address indexed newAddress,
        address indexed changedBy
    );
    /// @notice Event emitted when the funds are withdrawn from the minting contract
    /// @param withdrawnBy address that issued the withdraw
    /// @param withdrawnTo address that the funds were withdrawn to
    /// @param amount amount that was withdrawn
    event FundsWithdrawn(
        address indexed withdrawnBy,
        address indexed withdrawnTo,
        uint256 amount
    );
    /// @notice Event emitted when an open mint is finalized and further minting is closed forever on the contract.
    /// @param sender address sending close mint
    /// @param numberOfMints number of mints the contract is finalized at
    event OpenMintFinalized(address indexed sender, uint256 numberOfMints);
    /// @notice Event emitted when metadata renderer is updated.
    /// @param sender address of the updater
    /// @param renderer new metadata renderer address
    event UpdatedMetadataRenderer(address sender, IMetadataRenderer renderer);
    /// @notice General configuration for NFT Minting and bookkeeping
    struct Configuration {
        /// @dev Metadata renderer (uint160)
        IMetadataRenderer metadataRenderer;
        /// @dev Total size of edition that can be minted (uint160+64 = 224)
        uint64 editionSize;
        /// @dev Royalty amount in bps (uint224+16 = 240)
        uint16 royaltyBPS;
        /// @dev Funds recipient for sale (new slot, uint160)
        address payable fundsRecipient;
    }
    /// @notice Sales states and configuration
    /// @dev Uses 3 storage slots
    struct SalesConfiguration {
        /// @dev Public sale price (max ether value > 1000 ether with this value)
        uint104 publicSalePrice;
        /// @notice Purchase mint limit per address (if set to 0 === unlimited mints)
        /// @dev Max purchase number per txn (90+32 = 122)
        uint32 maxSalePurchasePerAddress;
        /// @dev uint64 type allows for dates into 292 billion years
        /// @notice Public sale start timestamp (136+64 = 186)
        uint64 publicSaleStart;
        /// @notice Public sale end timestamp (186+64 = 250)
        uint64 publicSaleEnd;
        /// @notice Presale start timestamp
        /// @dev new storage slot
        uint64 presaleStart;
        /// @notice Presale end timestamp
        uint64 presaleEnd;
        /// @notice Presale merkle root
        bytes32 presaleMerkleRoot;
    }
    /// @notice Sales states and configuration
    /// @dev Uses 3 storage slots
    struct ERC20SalesConfiguration {
        /// @notice Public sale price
        /// @dev max ether value > 1000 ether with this value
        uint104 publicSalePrice;
        /// @dev ERC20 Token
        address erc20PaymentToken;
        /// @notice Purchase mint limit per address (if set to 0 === unlimited mints)
        /// @dev Max purchase number per txn (90+32 = 122)
        uint32 maxSalePurchasePerAddress;
        /// @dev uint64 type allows for dates into 292 billion years
        /// @notice Public sale start timestamp (136+64 = 186)
        uint64 publicSaleStart;
        /// @notice Public sale end timestamp (186+64 = 250)
        uint64 publicSaleEnd;
        /// @notice Presale start timestamp
        /// @dev new storage slot
        uint64 presaleStart;
        /// @notice Presale end timestamp
        uint64 presaleEnd;
        /// @notice Presale merkle root
        bytes32 presaleMerkleRoot;
    }
    /// @notice Return value for sales details to use with front-ends
    struct SaleDetails {
        // Synthesized status variables for sale and presale
        bool publicSaleActive;
        bool presaleActive;
        // Price for public sale
        uint256 publicSalePrice;
        // Timed sale actions for public sale
        uint64 publicSaleStart;
        uint64 publicSaleEnd;
        // Timed sale actions for presale
        uint64 presaleStart;
        uint64 presaleEnd;
        // Merkle root (includes address, quantity, and price data for each entry)
        bytes32 presaleMerkleRoot;
        // Limit public sale to a specific number of mints per wallet
        uint256 maxSalePurchasePerAddress;
        // Information about the rest of the supply
        // Total that have been minted
        uint256 totalMinted;
        // The total supply available
        uint256 maxSupply;
    }
    /// @notice Return value for sales details to use with front-ends
    struct ERC20SaleDetails {
        /// @notice Synthesized status variables for sale
        bool publicSaleActive;
        /// @notice Synthesized status variables for presale
        bool presaleActive;
        /// @notice Price for public sale
        uint256 publicSalePrice;
        /// @notice ERC20 contract address for payment. address(0) for ETH.
        address erc20PaymentToken;
        /// @notice public sale start
        uint64 publicSaleStart;
        /// @notice public sale end
        uint64 publicSaleEnd;
        /// @notice Timed sale actions for presale start
        uint64 presaleStart;
        /// @notice Timed sale actions for presale end
        uint64 presaleEnd;
        /// @notice Merkle root (includes address, quantity, and price data for each entry)
        bytes32 presaleMerkleRoot;
        /// @notice Limit public sale to a specific number of mints per wallet
        uint256 maxSalePurchasePerAddress;
        /// @notice Total that have been minted
        uint256 totalMinted;
        /// @notice The total supply available
        uint256 maxSupply;
    }
    /// @notice Return type of specific mint counts and details per address
    struct AddressMintDetails {
        /// Number of total mints from the given address
        uint256 totalMints;
        /// Number of presale mints from the given address
        uint256 presaleMints;
        /// Number of public mints from the given address
        uint256 publicMints;
    }
    /// @notice External purchase function (payable in eth)
    /// @param quantity to purchase
    /// @return first minted token ID
    function purchase(uint256 quantity) external payable returns (uint256);
    /// @notice External purchase presale function (takes a merkle proof and matches to root) (payable in eth)
    /// @param quantity to purchase
    /// @param maxQuantity can purchase (verified by merkle root)
    /// @param pricePerToken price per token allowed (verified by merkle root)
    /// @param merkleProof input for merkle proof leaf verified by merkle root
    /// @return first minted token ID
    function purchasePresale(
        uint256 quantity,
        uint256 maxQuantity,
        uint256 pricePerToken,
        bytes32[] memory merkleProof
    ) external payable returns (uint256);
    /// @notice Function to return the global sales details for the given drop
    function saleDetails() external view returns (ERC20SaleDetails memory);
    /// @notice Function to return the specific sales details for a given address
    /// @param minter address for minter to return mint information for
    function mintedPerAddress(address minter)
        external
        view
        returns (AddressMintDetails memory);
    /// @notice This is the opensea/public owner setting that can be set by the contract admin
    function owner() external view returns (address);
    /// @notice Update the metadata renderer
    /// @param newRenderer new address for renderer
    /// @param setupRenderer data to call to bootstrap data for the new renderer (optional)
    function setMetadataRenderer(
        IMetadataRenderer newRenderer,
        bytes memory setupRenderer
    ) external;
    /// @notice This is an admin mint function to mint a quantity to a specific address
    /// @param to address to mint to
    /// @param quantity quantity to mint
    /// @return the id of the first minted NFT
    function adminMint(address to, uint256 quantity) external returns (uint256);
    /// @notice This is an admin mint function to mint a single nft each to a list of addresses
    /// @param to list of addresses to mint an NFT each to
    /// @return the id of the first minted NFT
    function adminMintAirdrop(address[] memory to) external returns (uint256);
    /// @dev Getter for admin role associated with the contract to handle metadata
    /// @return boolean if address is admin
    function isAdmin(address user) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
interface IMetadataRenderer {
    function tokenURI(uint256) external view returns (string memory);
    function contractURI() external view returns (string memory);
    function initializeWithData(bytes memory initData) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * This ownership interface matches OZ's ownable interface.
 *
 */
interface IOwnable {
    event OwnershipTransferred(
        address indexed previousOwner,
        address indexed newOwner
    );
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() external view returns (address);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
import {IERC721Drop} from "../interfaces/IERC721Drop.sol";
contract ERC721DropStorageV1 {
    /// @notice Configuration for NFT minting contract storage
    IERC721Drop.Configuration public config;
    /// @notice Sales configuration
    IERC721Drop.ERC20SalesConfiguration public salesConfig;
    /// @dev Mapping for presale mint counts by address to allow public mint limit
    mapping(address => uint256) public presaleMintsByAddress;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
/**
 * @notice This allows this contract to receive native currency funds from other contracts
 * Uses event logging for UI reasons.
 */
contract FundsReceiver {
    event FundsReceived(address indexed source, uint256 amount);
    receive() external payable {
        emit FundsReceived(msg.sender, msg.value);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
import {IOwnable} from "../interfaces/IOwnable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * This ownership interface matches OZ's ownable interface.
 */
contract OwnableSkeleton is IOwnable {
    address private _owner;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    function _setOwner(address newAddress) internal {
        emit OwnershipTransferred(_owner, newAddress);
        _owner = newAddress;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
contract Version {
  uint32 private immutable __version;
  /// @notice The version of the contract
  /// @return The version ID of this contract implementation
  function contractVersion() external view returns (uint32) {
      return __version;
  }
  constructor(uint32 version) {
    __version = version;
  }
}